Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

in the widest sense of the word

  • 1 sense

    sens
    1. сущ.
    1) а) чувство, ощущение;
    восприятие to dull the senses ≈ притуплять чувства to have keen/quick senses ≈ остро чувствовать, ощущать to sharpen the senses ≈ обострять чувства intuitive sense ≈ интуитивное чувство a sense of humour ≈ чувство юмора a sense of failure ≈ сознание неудачи five senses sixth sense sense of proportion Syn: feeling б) общее настроение;
    атмосфера, дух Syn: aura, mood, spirit
    2) мн. разум, сознание have you taken leave (или are you out) of your senses? ≈ с ума вы сошли? to lose one's senses ≈ потерять сознание;
    брякнуться в обморок to frighten/scare smb. out of his senses ≈ напугать кого-л. до потери сознания
    3) здравый смысл, склад ума (тж. common sense, good sense, horse sense) ;
    ум to display, show sense ≈ проявлять здравый смысл a grain of sense ≈ крупица здравого смысла They don't have the sense to admit defeat. ≈ У них не хватает здравого смысла, чтобы признать поражение. to bring smb. to her/his senses ≈ доводить что-л. до чьего-л. ума to take leave of one's senses talk sense ≈говорить дельно, разумно He is talking sense. ≈ Он дело говорит. Syn: wisdom
    4) смысл;
    значение (слова) ;
    резон, обоснованность( каких-л. действий и т. п.) to make no sense ≈ иметь смысл figurative sense narrow sense strict sense in a sense in all senses in no sense
    2. гл.
    1) ощущать, чувствовать Syn: feel, become aware
    2) понимать чувство - the five *s пять чувств - * of hearing слух - sixth * шестое чувство, интуиция - inner * внутренний голос;
    внутреннее ощущение - * organs органы чувств - dogs have an acute * of smell у собак острое обоняние /хорошее чутье, нюх/ ощущение, восприятие - a * of pain ощущение боли - a * of time чувство времени - a * of locality чувство пространства - a high * of duty высокое чувство долга - aesthetic * эстетический вкус /-ое чутье/ - a * of colour понимание колорита, умение подбирать цвета - a keen * of humour тонкое чувство юмора - a high * of one's importance большое самомнение - to do smth. out of /from/ a * of duty делать что-л. из чувства долга - to have no * of proportion быть лишенным чувства меры - to lack all * of beauty не иметь чувства прекрасного - he has no stage * он совершенно не чувствует /не понимает законов/ сцены сознание, рассудок - in one's right *s в здравом уме - are you in your right *s? ты что - рехнулся? - to be out of one's *s (разговорное) свихнуться, спятить, быть не в своем уме - to recover /to regain/ one's *s прийти в себя /в сознание/ - to lose one's *s сойти с ума - to take leave of one's *s (разговорное) сойти с ума, рехнуться - to be frightened out of one's *s перепугаться до полусмерти /до обморока/;
    одуреть от страха - no man in his *s would have done so так поступить мог только сумасшедший /лишенный здравого смысла/ разум - * comes with age разум приходит с годами - he has no * он не отличается благоразумием - to bring smb. to his *s образумить кого-л. - to come to one's *s образумиться, прийти в себя - to act against all * действовать /поступать/ неразумно здравый смысл (тж. common *) - a man of * разумный /здравомыслящий/ человек - to show good * проявить здравый смысл - to appeal to smb.'s good /common/ * взывать к чьему-л. здравому смыслу - to talk * говорить разумно /дельно/ - there is no * in doing this нет смысла /не стоит/ делать это - to have too much * to do smth., to have more * than to do smth. быть достаточно умным, чтобы сделать что-л. /не сделать чего-л./ - to make use of one's *s (разговорное) шевелить мозгами, думать - use a little *! (разговорное) шевели мозгами!, подумай! - he had the good * to make a wise choice у него хватило ума /здравого смысла/ сделать правильный выбор значение, важность( чего-л.) - to make * иметь смысл, быть нужным - this decision makes * это решение имеет смысл - it doesn't make *, it makes no * at all это лишено всякого смысла;
    это вздор /чушь/ - his attitude doesn't make * его отношение трудно понять - I cannot make out the * of... не могу понять смысла (чего-л.) значение - strict * точное значение - archaic * устаревшее значение - in the narrow * of the word в узком значении этого слова - in the best * of the term в лучшем смысле этого слова - in a (certain) * в некотором смысле, до некоторой степени - in no * ни в каком смысле, ни в каком отношении - in no * a genius отнюдь не гений - in every * во всех отношениях - the marriage was in every * happy брак был во всех отношениях счастливым - in more *s than one и притом во многих значениях этого слова;
    и притом во многих отношениях - the word has acquired an disparaging * это слово приобрело неодобрительный оттенок общее настроение, дух - to take the * of the meeting определить настроение /мнение/ собрания (путем голосования, опроса) ;
    поставить вопрос на голосование - the * of the conference was manifest отношение конференции (к этому вопросу) было очевидным (специальное) направление - * of rotation направление вращения - * finder определитель направления > deprivation of *s сенсорная депривация;
    выключение органов чувств (при тренировке космонавтов и т. п.) чувствовать, осознавать - to * danger чуять опасность - he *d our hostility он почувствовал наше враждебное отношение - I had *d as much я так и думал, я это предвидел понимать, отдавать себе отчет - she fully *d the danger of her position она целиком отдавала себе отчет в опасности своего положения all-inclusive ~ широкий смысл to come to one's ~s взяться за ум;
    to frighten (или to scare) (smb.) out of his senses напугать (кого-л.) до потери сознания to come to one's ~s прийти в себя community ~ общественное значение ~ чувство;
    ощущение;
    the five senses пять чувств;
    sixth sense шестое чувство, интуиция to come to one's ~s взяться за ум;
    to frighten (или to scare) (smb.) out of his senses напугать (кого-л.) до потери сознания good ~ здравый смысл to have keen (или quick) ~s остро чувствовать, ощущать ~ pl сознание;
    разум;
    in one's senses в своем уме;
    have you taken leave (или are you out) of your senses? с ума вы сошли? to talk ~ говорить дельно, разумно;
    he is talking sense он дело говорит horse ~ разг. грубоватый здравый смысл in the strict(est) (или true) ~ of the word в (самом) точном значении слова;
    in a good sense в хорошем смысле (слова) in a literal ~ в буквальном смысле слова;
    in a sense в известном смысле, до известной степени in a literal ~ в буквальном смысле слова;
    in a sense в известном смысле, до известной степени in all ~s во всех смыслах, во всех отношениях;
    in no sense ни в каком отношении in all ~s во всех смыслах, во всех отношениях;
    in no sense ни в каком отношении ~ pl сознание;
    разум;
    in one's senses в своем уме;
    have you taken leave (или are you out) of your senses? с ума вы сошли? in the strict(est) (или true) ~ of the word в (самом) точном значении слова;
    in a good sense в хорошем смысле (слова) ~ смысл, значение;
    it makes no sense в этом нет смысла legal ~ юридический смысл a ~ of duty чувство долга;
    a sense of humour чувство юмора a ~ of failure сознание неудачи;
    a sense of proportion чувство меры ~ of justice смысл правосудия ~ of justice чувство справедливости a ~ of failure сознание неудачи;
    a sense of proportion чувство меры ~ чувство;
    ощущение;
    the five senses пять чувств;
    sixth sense шестое чувство, интуиция ~ настроение;
    to take the senses of the meeting определить настроение собрания посредством голосования to talk ~ говорить дельно, разумно;
    he is talking sense он дело говорит widest ~ в самом широком смысле

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > sense

  • 2 sense

    [sens]
    all-inclusive sense широкий смысл to come to one's senses взяться за ум; to frighten (или to scare) (smb.) out of his senses напугать (кого-л.) до потери сознания to come to one's senses прийти в себя community sense общественное значение sense чувство; ощущение; the five senses пять чувств; sixth sense шестое чувство, интуиция to come to one's senses взяться за ум; to frighten (или to scare) (smb.) out of his senses напугать (кого-л.) до потери сознания good sense здравый смысл to have keen (или quick) senses остро чувствовать, ощущать sense pl сознание; разум; in one's senses в своем уме; have you taken leave (или are you out) of your senses? с ума вы сошли? to talk sense говорить дельно, разумно; he is talking sense он дело говорит horse sense разг. грубоватый здравый смысл in the strict(est) (или true) sense of the word в (самом) точном значении слова; in a good sense в хорошем смысле (слова) in a literal sense в буквальном смысле слова; in a sense в известном смысле, до известной степени in a literal sense в буквальном смысле слова; in a sense в известном смысле, до известной степени in all senses во всех смыслах, во всех отношениях; in no sense ни в каком отношении in all senses во всех смыслах, во всех отношениях; in no sense ни в каком отношении sense pl сознание; разум; in one's senses в своем уме; have you taken leave (или are you out) of your senses? с ума вы сошли? in the strict(est) (или true) sense of the word в (самом) точном значении слова; in a good sense в хорошем смысле (слова) sense смысл, значение; it makes no sense в этом нет смысла legal sense юридический смысл a sense of duty чувство долга; a sense of humour чувство юмора a sense of failure сознание неудачи; a sense of proportion чувство меры sense of justice смысл правосудия sense of justice чувство справедливости a sense of failure сознание неудачи; a sense of proportion чувство меры sense чувство; ощущение; the five senses пять чувств; sixth sense шестое чувство, интуиция sense настроение; to take the senses of the meeting определить настроение собрания посредством голосования to talk sense говорить дельно, разумно; he is talking sense он дело говорит widest sense в самом широком смысле

    English-Russian short dictionary > sense

  • 3 im weitesten Sinne des Wortes

    Deutsch-Englisches Wörterbuch > im weitesten Sinne des Wortes

  • 4 sentido

    adj.
    deeply felt, touching, heartfelt, moving.
    m.
    1 sense, meaning, purport.
    2 sense, each one of one's five senses.
    3 direction, course.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: sentir.
    * * *
    1 (gen) sense
    2 (significado) sense, meaning
    3 (conocimiento) consciousness
    4 (dirección) direction
    ————————
    1→ link=sentir sentir
    1 (muerte etc) deeply felt
    2 (sensible) touchy, sensitive
    1 (gen) sense
    2 (significado) sense, meaning
    3 (conocimiento) consciousness
    4 (dirección) direction
    \
    dejar a alguien sin sentido to knock somebody out
    en cierto sentido in a sense
    en sentido opuesto in the opposite direction
    hablar sin sentido to talk nonsense
    hacer algo con los cinco sentidos figurado to take great pains with something
    no tiene sentido / no tiene ningún sentido it doesn't make sense
    ¿qué sentido tiene + inf...? what's the point in/of + - ing...?
    ■ ¿qué sentido tiene hablarle si no te hace caso? what's the point of talking to him if he won't listen?
    tener sentido to make sense
    doble sentido double meaning
    sentido común common sense
    sentido de la orientación sense of direction
    sentido del humor sense of humour (US humor)
    sentido figurado figurative meaning
    * * *
    noun m.
    3) direction, way
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [carta, declaración] heartfelt

    mi más sentido pésame — my deepest sympathy, my heartfelt condolences

    2) (=dolido) hurt
    3) [carácter, persona] sensitive
    2. SM
    1) (=capacidad)
    a) [para sentir] sense
    b) [para percibir] sense

    sentido del ridículo, su sentido del ridículo le impidió hacerlo — he felt self-conscious o embarrassed so he didn't do it

    sentido práctico, tener sentido práctico — to be practical

    2) (=significado) meaning

    ¿cuál es el sentido literal de esta palabra? — what is the literal meaning of this word?

    • doble sentido — double meaning

    • sin sentido — [palabras, comentario] meaningless

    3) (=lógica) sense

    poco a poco, todo empieza a cobrar sentido — everything is gradually beginning to make sense

    • sin sentido — [crueldad, violencia] senseless

    • tener sentido — to make sense

    solo tiene sentido quejarse si así puedes conseguir lo que quieres — it only makes sense to complain if o the only point in complaining is if you can then get what you want

    no tiene sentido que te disculpes ahora — it's pointless (you) apologizing now, there's no sense o point in (you) apologizing now

    4) (=conciencia) consciousness

    • perder el sentido — to lose consciousness

    • recobrar el sentido — to regain consciousness

    5) (=dirección) direction

    • en el sentido de las agujas del reloj — clockwise

    en sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj — anti-clockwise, counterclockwise (EEUU)

    calle 1)
    6) [otras expresiones]

    • en sentido amplio — in the broad sense

    • en el buen sentido de la palabra — in the best o good sense of the word

    • en cierto sentido — in a sense

    • en ese sentido — [con nombre] to that effect; [con verbo] in that sense, in that respect

    en ese sentido no sabemos qué hacer — in that sense o respect, we don't know what to do

    • en sentido estricto — in the strict sense of the word o term

    no es, en sentido estricto, un pez de río — it's not a freshwater fish in the strict sense of the word o term, it's not strictly speaking a freshwater fish

    • en sentido figurado — in the figurative sense, figuratively

    • en sentido lato — in the broad sense

    • tomar algo en el mal sentido — to take sth the wrong way

    • en tal sentido — to that effect

    un acuerdo en tal sentido sería interpretado como una privatización — such an agreement o an agreement to that effect would be interpreted as privatization

    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1) <palabras/carta> heartfelt; <anhelo/dolor> deep
    2) < persona>
    a) [ESTAR] (AmL) ( dolorido) hurt, offended
    b) [SER] (Esp) ( sensible) sensitive, touchy
    II
    1)
    a) (Fisiol) sense

    poner los cinco sentidos en algo — to give something one's full attention; ( ante peligro) to keep one's wits about one

    b) (noción, idea)
    2) ( conocimiento) consciousness

    recobrar el sentido — to regain consciousness, to come to, to come round

    en sentido literal/figurado — in a literal/figurative sense

    en cierto sentido... — in a sense...

    4) ( dirección) direction

    venían en sentido contrario or opuesto al nuestro — they were coming in the opposite direction to us

    calle de sentido único or (Méx) de un solo sentido — one-way street

    * * *
    = denotation, meaning, sense, drift, flavour [flavor, -USA], meaningfulness, heartfelt, respect, sense of purpose.
    Ex. In establishing subdivisions for use with the names of people or peoples consider the connotation, in addition to the denotation, of the wording and structure of the subdivision.
    Ex. The term indexing language can seem rather daunting, and has certainly had different meanings in its different incarnations.
    Ex. In some senses these could also be regarded as special classification schemes.
    Ex. The main drift of the proceedings concerned national libraries -- their role, functions and financing.
    Ex. Collected in 1907 from an oral source, this story depends for its charm and attraction on the colloquial flavour, its dialect.
    Ex. The author challenges the meaningfulness of precision and recall values as a measure of performance of a retrieval system.
    Ex. The author examines selected examples of the literature that generate conflict between cultural responsibility and artistic freedom along with a sampling of the heated and heartfelt exchange about that literature in Internet discussions.
    Ex. However, the survey developed in the current study would need to be similar in other key respects to the water quality survey developed by Carson and Mitchell = No obstante, el cuestionario desarrollado en este estudio debería parecerse en otros aspectos importantes al cuestionario desarrollado por Carson y Mitchell sobre la calidad del agua.
    Ex. This article argues that those in leadership roles bear a special responsibility for creating a sense of purpose in the organisation.
    ----
    * ¿qué sentido tiene = what is/was the point of...?.
    * aclarar el sentido = clarify + meaning.
    * carecer de sentido = be meaningless.
    * con sentido = meaningful, purposeful, in a meaningful way.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * desarrollarse en un sentido determinado = develop along + lines.
    * de sentido único = one-way.
    * devolver el sentido a la vida = put + meaning + back in + Posesivo + life.
    * discusión sin sentido = pointless discussion, pointless argument.
    * doble sentido = double meaning, equivocation.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el sentido del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this respect, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.
    * en ningún sentido de la palabra = in any sense of the word.
    * en sentido contrario = to the contrary.
    * en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj = counterclockwise, anti-clockwise.
    * en su estricto sentido = strictly speaking.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en su sentido más general = in its/their broadest sense.
    * en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.
    * en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.
    * en unel sentido amplio = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido general = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido más amplio = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un/el sentido más general = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un sentido general = in a broad sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * en varios sentidos = in several respects, in various respects.
    * escribir con sentido = write + sense.
    * falta de sentido = meaninglessness.
    * falto de sentido crítico = uncritical.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * perder el sentido = faint, lose + Posesivo + senses, lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder el sentido del humor = lose + sense of humour.
    * perder sentido = lose + purpose.
    * pérdida del sentido = fainting, fainting fit.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * quitarle el sentido = render + meaningless.
    * recobrar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * recuperar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * rima sin sentido = nonsense, nonsense verse.
    * sentido común = common sense, savvy, good judgement, judgement [judgment], good sense.
    * sentido de culpa = guilt.
    * sentido de desigualdad = sense of inequality.
    * sentido de identidad = sense of identity.
    * sentido de la historia = sense of history.
    * sentido de la obligación = sense of obligation.
    * sentido de la oportunidad = sense of timing.
    * sentido de la palabra = word sense.
    * sentido de la proporción = sense of proportion.
    * sentido de la responsabilidad = sense of responsibility.
    * sentido de la superioridad = sense of superiority.
    * sentido de la vida, el = meaning of life, the.
    * sentido de la vida y al muerte, el = meaning of life and death, the.
    * sentido del deber = sense of duty.
    * sentido del decoro = sense of decorum.
    * sentido del gusto = sense of taste.
    * sentido del humor = sense of humour.
    * sentido del oído = hearing.
    * sentido del olfato = sense of smell, olfaction.
    * sentido del ridículo = self-consciousness, embarrassment, self-conscious feeling.
    * sentido del ser humano = human sense.
    * sentido del tacto = sense of touch.
    * sentido del tiempo = sense of time, notion of time.
    * sentido de moralidad = sense of morality.
    * sentido de pertenencia = sense of ownership.
    * sentido de territorialidad = territoriality.
    * sentido humano = human sense.
    * sentido implícito = subtext.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * sentidos = grounds.
    * sexto sentido = sixth sense.
    * sin sentido = meaningless, purposeless, pointless, wanton, nonsensical, unconscious.
    * tener sentido = make + sense, be meaningful.
    * tener sentido del ridículo = feel + embarrassed.
    * teoría de dar sentido = sense-making approach.
    * tomar en sentido literal = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * ver el sentido = see + the point.
    * vía de doble sentido = two-way street.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1) <palabras/carta> heartfelt; <anhelo/dolor> deep
    2) < persona>
    a) [ESTAR] (AmL) ( dolorido) hurt, offended
    b) [SER] (Esp) ( sensible) sensitive, touchy
    II
    1)
    a) (Fisiol) sense

    poner los cinco sentidos en algo — to give something one's full attention; ( ante peligro) to keep one's wits about one

    b) (noción, idea)
    2) ( conocimiento) consciousness

    recobrar el sentido — to regain consciousness, to come to, to come round

    en sentido literal/figurado — in a literal/figurative sense

    en cierto sentido... — in a sense...

    4) ( dirección) direction

    venían en sentido contrario or opuesto al nuestro — they were coming in the opposite direction to us

    calle de sentido único or (Méx) de un solo sentido — one-way street

    * * *
    = denotation, meaning, sense, drift, flavour [flavor, -USA], meaningfulness, heartfelt, respect, sense of purpose.

    Ex: In establishing subdivisions for use with the names of people or peoples consider the connotation, in addition to the denotation, of the wording and structure of the subdivision.

    Ex: The term indexing language can seem rather daunting, and has certainly had different meanings in its different incarnations.
    Ex: In some senses these could also be regarded as special classification schemes.
    Ex: The main drift of the proceedings concerned national libraries -- their role, functions and financing.
    Ex: Collected in 1907 from an oral source, this story depends for its charm and attraction on the colloquial flavour, its dialect.
    Ex: The author challenges the meaningfulness of precision and recall values as a measure of performance of a retrieval system.
    Ex: The author examines selected examples of the literature that generate conflict between cultural responsibility and artistic freedom along with a sampling of the heated and heartfelt exchange about that literature in Internet discussions.
    Ex: However, the survey developed in the current study would need to be similar in other key respects to the water quality survey developed by Carson and Mitchell = No obstante, el cuestionario desarrollado en este estudio debería parecerse en otros aspectos importantes al cuestionario desarrollado por Carson y Mitchell sobre la calidad del agua.
    Ex: This article argues that those in leadership roles bear a special responsibility for creating a sense of purpose in the organisation.
    * ¿qué sentido tiene = what is/was the point of...?.
    * aclarar el sentido = clarify + meaning.
    * carecer de sentido = be meaningless.
    * con sentido = meaningful, purposeful, in a meaningful way.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * desarrollarse en un sentido determinado = develop along + lines.
    * de sentido único = one-way.
    * devolver el sentido a la vida = put + meaning + back in + Posesivo + life.
    * discusión sin sentido = pointless discussion, pointless argument.
    * doble sentido = double meaning, equivocation.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el sentido del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this respect, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.
    * en ningún sentido de la palabra = in any sense of the word.
    * en sentido contrario = to the contrary.
    * en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj = counterclockwise, anti-clockwise.
    * en su estricto sentido = strictly speaking.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en su sentido más general = in its/their broadest sense.
    * en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.
    * en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.
    * en unel sentido amplio = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido general = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido más amplio = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un/el sentido más general = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un sentido general = in a broad sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * en varios sentidos = in several respects, in various respects.
    * escribir con sentido = write + sense.
    * falta de sentido = meaninglessness.
    * falto de sentido crítico = uncritical.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * perder el sentido = faint, lose + Posesivo + senses, lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder el sentido del humor = lose + sense of humour.
    * perder sentido = lose + purpose.
    * pérdida del sentido = fainting, fainting fit.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * quitarle el sentido = render + meaningless.
    * recobrar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * recuperar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * rima sin sentido = nonsense, nonsense verse.
    * sentido común = common sense, savvy, good judgement, judgement [judgment], good sense.
    * sentido de culpa = guilt.
    * sentido de desigualdad = sense of inequality.
    * sentido de identidad = sense of identity.
    * sentido de la historia = sense of history.
    * sentido de la obligación = sense of obligation.
    * sentido de la oportunidad = sense of timing.
    * sentido de la palabra = word sense.
    * sentido de la proporción = sense of proportion.
    * sentido de la responsabilidad = sense of responsibility.
    * sentido de la superioridad = sense of superiority.
    * sentido de la vida, el = meaning of life, the.
    * sentido de la vida y al muerte, el = meaning of life and death, the.
    * sentido del deber = sense of duty.
    * sentido del decoro = sense of decorum.
    * sentido del gusto = sense of taste.
    * sentido del humor = sense of humour.
    * sentido del oído = hearing.
    * sentido del olfato = sense of smell, olfaction.
    * sentido del ridículo = self-consciousness, embarrassment, self-conscious feeling.
    * sentido del ser humano = human sense.
    * sentido del tacto = sense of touch.
    * sentido del tiempo = sense of time, notion of time.
    * sentido de moralidad = sense of morality.
    * sentido de pertenencia = sense of ownership.
    * sentido de territorialidad = territoriality.
    * sentido humano = human sense.
    * sentido implícito = subtext.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * sentidos = grounds.
    * sexto sentido = sixth sense.
    * sin sentido = meaningless, purposeless, pointless, wanton, nonsensical, unconscious.
    * tener sentido = make + sense, be meaningful.
    * tener sentido del ridículo = feel + embarrassed.
    * teoría de dar sentido = sense-making approach.
    * tomar en sentido literal = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * ver el sentido = see + the point.
    * vía de doble sentido = two-way street.

    * * *
    sentido1 -da
    A ‹palabras/carta› heartfelt; ‹anhelo/dolor› deep
    mi más sentido pésame my deepest sympathy
    B ‹persona›
    1 [ SER] (sensible) sensitive, touchy
    2 [ ESTAR] (dolorido) hurt, offended
    está muy sentido porque no lo invitamos he's very hurt that we didn't ask him
    A
    1 ( Fisiol) sense
    tiene muy aguzado el sentido del olfato she has a very keen sense of smell
    poner los cinco sentidos en algo to give sth one's full attention; (ante un peligro) to keep one's wits about one
    2 (noción, idea) sentido DE algo sense OF sth
    su sentido del deber/de la justicia her sense of duty/of justice
    tiene un gran sentido del ritmo he has a great sense of rhythm
    sexto1 (↑ sexto (1))
    Compuestos:
    common sense
    sense of direction
    sense of humor*
    sense of the ridiculous
    tiene mucho sentido práctico she's very practical, she's very practically minded
    B (conocimiento) consciousness
    el golpe lo dejó sin sentido he was knocked senseless o unconscious by the blow
    perder el sentido to lose consciousness
    recobrar el sentido to regain consciousness, to come to, to come round
    C
    en el buen sentido de la palabra in the nicest sense of the word
    en el sentido estricto/amplio del vocablo in the strict/broad sense of the term
    en sentido literal/figurado in a literal/figurative sense
    lo dijo con doble sentido he was intentionally ambiguous
    buscaba algo que le diera sentido a su vida he was searching for something to give his life some meaning
    conociendo su biografía la obra cobra un sentido muy diferente when one knows something about his life the work takes on a totally different meaning
    no le encuentro sentido a lo que haces I can't see any sense o point in what you're doing
    esa política ya no tiene sentido that policy makes no sense anymore o is meaningless now
    no tiene sentido preocuparse por eso it's pointless o there's no point worrying about that
    2
    (aspecto): en cierto sentido tienen razón in a sense they're right
    en muchos/ciertos sentidos la situación no ha cambiado in many/certain respects the situation hasn't changed
    en este sentido debemos recordarnos que … in this respect we should remember …
    D (dirección) direction
    se mueve en el sentido de las agujas del reloj it moves clockwise o in a clockwise direction
    gírese en sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj turn (round) in a counterclockwise ( AmE) o ( BrE) an anticlockwise direction
    en el sentido de la veta de la madera with the grain of the wood
    venían en sentido contrario or opuesto al nuestro they were coming in the opposite direction to us
    calle de sentido único one-way street
    * * *

     

    Del verbo sentir: ( conjugate sentir)

    sentido es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    sentido    
    sentir
    sentido 1
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    1 ‹palabras/carta› heartfelt;
    ‹anhelo/dolor› deep;

    2 [ESTAR] (AmL) ( ofendido) hurt, offended
    sentido 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (Fisiol) sense

    b) (noción, idea) sentido DE algo sense of sth;


    sentido común common sense;
    sentido del humor sense of humor( conjugate humor)
    2 ( conocimiento) consciousness;

    el golpe lo dejó sin sentido he was knocked unconscious by the blow
    3 ( significado) sense;

    en sentido literal in a literal sense;
    lo dijo con doble sentido he was intentionally ambiguous;
    el sentido de la vida the meaning of life;
    en cierto sentido … in a sense …;
    no le encuentro sentido a lo que haces I can't see any sense o point in what you're doing;
    esa política ya no tiene sentido that policy doesn't make sense anymore o is meaningless now;
    palabras sin sentido meaningless words
    4 ( dirección) direction;
    ◊ gírese en sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj turn (round) in a counterclockwise (AmE) o (BrE) an anticlockwise direction;

    venían en sentido contrario al nuestro they were coming in the opposite direction to us;
    calle de sentido único or (Méx) de un solo sentido one-way street
    sentir ( conjugate sentir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹dolor/pinchazo› to feel;

    ◊ sentido hambre/frío/sed to feel hungry/cold/thirsty

    b) ‹ emoción› to feel;


    sentido celos to feel jealous
    2
    a) ( oír) ‹ruido/disparo› to hear

    b) (esp AmL) ( percibir):


    le siento gusto a vainilla I can taste vanilla
    3 ( lamentar):

    sentí mucho no poder ayudarla I was very sorry not to be able to help her;
    ha sentido mucho la pérdida de su madre she has been very affected by her mother's death
    sentirse verbo pronominal
    1 (+ compl) to feel;

    no me siento con ánimos I don't feel up to it
    2 (Chi, Méx) ( ofenderse) to be offended o hurt;
    sentidose CON algn to be offended o upset with sb
    sentido,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 deeply felt: su muerte ha sido muy sentida, his death has been deeply felt
    2 (susceptible) sensitive
    es un chico muy sentido y a la mínima se ofende, he gets upset over the slightest things o he's a very sensitive child
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 sense
    sentido del gusto/olfato, sense of taste/smell
    2 (conocimiento, consciencia) recobrar/ perder el sentido, to regain/lose consciousness
    3 (lógica, razón) sense: no tiene sentido que te despidas, it makes no sense to leave the job
    4 (apreciación, capacidad) no tiene sentido de la medida, he has no sense of moderation
    sentido común, common sense
    sentido del humor, sense of humour
    sexto sentido, sixth sense
    5 (significado) meaning: la frase carece de sentido, the sentence has no meaning
    6 Auto direction
    de doble sentido, two-way
    (de) sentido único, one-way
    sentir
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 (juicio, opinion) opinion, view
    2 (sentimiento) feeling
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to feel
    sentir alegría/frío, to feel happy/cold
    te lo digo como lo siento, I speak my mind ➣ Ver nota en feel
    2 (oír, percibir) to hear: la sentí llegar de madrugada, I heard her come home in the small hours
    3 (lamentar) to regret, be sorry about: siento haberte enfadado, I'm sorry I made you angry
    ' sentido' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ácida
    - ácido
    - acusada
    - acusado
    - apelar
    - cabeza
    - cazar
    - coger
    - contraria
    - contrario
    - despertarse
    - dirección
    - dotada
    - dotado
    - economía
    - educar
    - encarar
    - esperar
    - figurada
    - figurado
    - fina
    - fino
    - hogareña
    - hogareño
    - inversa
    - inverso
    - juicio
    - nariz
    - olfato
    - paladar
    - penetrar
    - perder
    - pésame
    - rara
    - raro
    - realista
    - recobrar
    - recta
    - recto
    - recuperar
    - sentida
    - tacto
    - tener
    - trancazo
    - visión
    - vista
    - agudeza
    - agudizar
    - agudo
    - alto
    English:
    add up
    - advantage
    - anticlockwise
    - appeal
    - arguable
    - babble
    - break
    - civic
    - clockwise
    - common sense
    - counterclockwise
    - derogatory
    - direction
    - ear
    - feel
    - few
    - figurative
    - figuratively
    - flail
    - gumption
    - hearing
    - high
    - humour
    - iota
    - literally
    - little
    - make
    - meaning
    - meaningless
    - mindless
    - modicum
    - obscure
    - one-way
    - pointless
    - practicality
    - quite
    - reason
    - respect
    - scent
    - sense
    - senseless
    - sight
    - smell
    - strictly
    - taste
    - three-point turn
    - touch
    - two-way
    - U-turn
    - unconscious
    * * *
    sentido, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [profundo] heartfelt;
    mi más sentido pésame with deepest sympathy
    2. [sensible]
    ser muy sentido to be very sensitive
    3. [ofendido] hurt, offended;
    quedó muy sentido por tu respuesta he was very hurt by your reply
    4. RP [lesionado] hurt;
    el talonador no puede seguir jugando, está sentido the hooker is unable to carry on playing, he's hurt
    ♦ nm
    1. [capacidad para percibir] sense;
    sentido del tacto sense of touch;
    con los cinco sentidos [completamente] heart and soul;
    no tengo ningún sentido del ritmo I have no sense of rhythm;
    tiene un sentido muy particular de la sinceridad he has a very peculiar notion of sincerity;
    poner los cinco sentidos en algo to give one's all to sth
    sentido común common sense;
    tener sentido común to have common sense;
    sentido del deber sense of duty;
    sentido del humor sense of humour;
    sentido de la orientación sense of direction;
    sentido del ridículo sense of the ridiculous
    2. [conocimiento] consciousness;
    perder/recobrar el sentido to lose/regain consciousness;
    sin sentido unconscious
    3. [dirección] direction;
    los trenes circulaban en sentido opuesto the trains were travelling in opposite directions;
    en el sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj Br anticlockwise, US counter-clockwise
    4. [significado] sense, meaning;
    esta expresión tiene un sentido peyorativo this expression has a pejorative sense;
    esta frase tiene varios sentidos this sentence has several possible interpretations;
    en sentido figurado in the figurative sense;
    doble sentido double meaning;
    una frase de doble sentido a phrase with a double meaning;
    en ese sentido [respecto a eso] as far as that's concerned;
    en ese sentido, tienes razón in that sense, you're right
    5. [razón de ser]
    tener sentido to make sense;
    no tiene sentido escribirle si no sabe leer there's no point writing to him if he can't read;
    no tiene sentido que salgamos si llueve there's no sense in going out if it's raining;
    para ella la vida ya no tenía sentido life no longer had any meaning for her;
    sin sentido [ilógico] meaningless;
    [inútil, irrelevante] pointless;
    un sin sentido nonsense
    * * *
    I adj heartfelt
    II m
    1 oído etc sense;
    el sexto sentido the sixth sense
    2 ( significado) meaning;
    doble sentido double meaning;
    en el sentido propio de la palabra in the true sense of the word;
    en todos los sentidos de la palabra in every sense of the word;
    en un sentido más amplio in a wider sense;
    3 ( dirección) direction;
    4 consciousness;
    perder/recobrar el sentido lose/regain consciousness
    * * *
    sentido, -da adj
    1) : heartfelt, sincere
    mi más sentido pésame: my sincerest condolences
    2) : touchy, sensitive
    3) : offended, hurt
    1) : sense
    sentido común: common sense
    los cinco sentidos: the five senses
    sin sentido: senseless
    2) conocimiento: consciousness
    3) significado: meaning, sense
    doble sentido: double entendre
    4) : direction
    calle de sentido único: one-way street
    * * *
    1. (capacidad) sense
    tenemos cinco sentidos: vista, oído, gusto, olfato y tacto we have five senses: sight, hearing, taste, smell and touch
    2. (significado) meaning
    3. (lógica) point
    4. (dirección) direction / way
    5. (conocimiento) consciousness

    Spanish-English dictionary > sentido

  • 5 amplio

    adj.
    1 ample, extensive, broad, roomy.
    2 ample, generous, broad, free-handed.
    3 wide, diverse, varied.
    4 liberal-minded, liberal, tolerant, all-round.
    5 spacious, capacious.
    6 free-ranging.
    * * *
    1 (extenso) large
    2 (espacioso) roomy, spacious
    3 (ancho) wide, broad
    4 (holgado) loose
    \
    en el sentido más amplio de la palabra in the broadest sense of the word
    * * *
    (f. - amplia)
    adj.
    ample, wide, spacious
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=espacioso) [habitación, interior] spacious; [avenida, calle] wide
    2) [ropa] loose(-fitting), roomy *; [falda] full
    3) [margen] wide
    4) [conocimiento, vocabulario, poder, gama] wide, extensive

    un amplio surtido de productos — a wide o extensive range of products

    5) [sentido] broad
    6) [repercusión] far-reaching

    la noticia tuvo amplia difusión o amplio eco en la prensa — the news was widely o extensively reported

    7) [informe] full, detailed
    * * *
    - plia adjetivo
    a) <calle/valle/margen> wide; < casa> spacious; <vestido/abrigo> loose-fitting
    b) <criterio/sentido> broad
    c) <garantías/programa> comprehensive
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], extensive, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], wide-sweeping, widespread, broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], airy [airier -comp., airiest -sup.], ample, capacious, widespan, wide-reaching, expansive, extended, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], wide-angle(d), loose fit, roomy [roomier -comp., roomiest -sup.].
    Ex. If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.
    Ex. The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex. Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex. Surely these innovations already have and will continue to bring deep and wide-sweeping change to our profession - and because of their rapidity, these changes will be sudden and often tumultuous.
    Ex. Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.
    Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex. In the questionnaire young people answered that the bookshops in their town were airy, well-lit and very pleasant shops to visit.
    Ex. The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex. This is an efficient method of storing large amounts of programs and data, which is faster, more reliable and much more capacious than the floppy disc.
    Ex. With no other type of structure is it possible to obtain clear, widespan coverage of almost unlimited areas, translucency to permit uniform daylight, and transportability or relocatability.
    Ex. Appraisal is the single most important function performed by an archivist because it has wide-reaching and everlasting social implications.
    Ex. The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex. The brief abstracts and extended abstracts of papers, not published in full in the proceedings, are excluded.
    Ex. Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.
    Ex. Except for the principal no one besides the librarian has such a wide-angle view of the school's instructional programme.
    Ex. His offices and warehouses were one of the first designs which was subsequently described as loose fit, low energy building.
    Ex. With roomy interiors and flexible seating, minivans are some of the most versatile vehicles for carrying passengers and cargo.
    ----
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).
    * * *
    - plia adjetivo
    a) <calle/valle/margen> wide; < casa> spacious; <vestido/abrigo> loose-fitting
    b) <criterio/sentido> broad
    c) <garantías/programa> comprehensive
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], extensive, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], wide-sweeping, widespread, broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], airy [airier -comp., airiest -sup.], ample, capacious, widespan, wide-reaching, expansive, extended, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], wide-angle(d), loose fit, roomy [roomier -comp., roomiest -sup.].

    Ex: If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

    Ex: The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex: Surely these innovations already have and will continue to bring deep and wide-sweeping change to our profession - and because of their rapidity, these changes will be sudden and often tumultuous.
    Ex: Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.
    Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex: In the questionnaire young people answered that the bookshops in their town were airy, well-lit and very pleasant shops to visit.
    Ex: The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex: This is an efficient method of storing large amounts of programs and data, which is faster, more reliable and much more capacious than the floppy disc.
    Ex: With no other type of structure is it possible to obtain clear, widespan coverage of almost unlimited areas, translucency to permit uniform daylight, and transportability or relocatability.
    Ex: Appraisal is the single most important function performed by an archivist because it has wide-reaching and everlasting social implications.
    Ex: The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex: The brief abstracts and extended abstracts of papers, not published in full in the proceedings, are excluded.
    Ex: Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.
    Ex: Except for the principal no one besides the librarian has such a wide-angle view of the school's instructional programme.
    Ex: His offices and warehouses were one of the first designs which was subsequently described as loose fit, low energy building.
    Ex: With roomy interiors and flexible seating, minivans are some of the most versatile vehicles for carrying passengers and cargo.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).

    * * *
    1 ‹calle› wide; ‹valle› wide, broad; ‹casa› spacious; ‹vestido/abrigo› loose-fitting; ‹falda/manga› full
    con una amplia sonrisa with a broad smile
    2 ‹criterio› broad; ‹margen› wide
    en el sentido amplio de la palabra in the broad sense of the word
    por amplia mayoría by a large majority
    tiene amplias facultades para decidir sobre este punto he has full authority to make a decision on this point
    una amplia gama de colores a wide range of colors
    les ofrecemos las más amplias garantías we offer comprehensive guarantees o the fullest possible guarantees
    un tema que tuvo una amplia difusión an issue that received wide media coverage
    un amplio programa de reformas a full o wide-ranging o comprehensive program of reforms
    * * *

     

    Del verbo ampliar: ( conjugate ampliar)

    amplío es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    amplió es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    ampliar    
    amplio
    ampliar ( conjugate ampliar) verbo transitivo
    a) ‹local/carretera› to extend;

    ‹ negocio› to expand
    b) ‹capital/personal› to increase

    c) ‹conocimientos/vocabulario› to increase;

    ‹ explicación› to expand (on);
    ‹ campo de acción› to widen, broaden;

    d) ‹plazo/período› to extend


    amplio
    ◊ - plia adjetivo

    a) ‹calle/valle/margen› wide;

    ‹ casa› spacious;
    ‹vestido/abrigo› loose-fitting;
    ‹ sonrisa› broad
    b) ‹criterio/sentido› broad;


    una amplia gama de colores a wide range of colors
    c) ‹garantías/programa› comprehensive

    ampliar verbo transitivo
    1 (hacer más largo un plazo) to extend
    2 (hacer más grande un edificio) to enlarge
    3 (extender un negocio) to expand
    4 (una fotografía) to enlarge, to blow up
    5 (el campo de acción) to widen: los sindicatos proponen ampliar las sanciones a los defraudadores, the unions propose greater penalties for those committing fraud
    amplio,-a adjetivo
    1 large, roomy
    2 (ancho, profundo, variado) wide, broad ➣ Ver nota en ancho
    ' amplio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amplia
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - dilatada
    - dilatado
    - espectro
    - nave
    English:
    ample
    - extensive
    - large
    - roomy
    - spacious
    - sweep
    - vocabulary
    - wide
    - all
    - broad
    - comfortable
    - smock
    - sweeping
    * * *
    amplio, -a adj
    1. [grande] [sala, maletero] roomy, spacious;
    [avenida] wide;
    una amplio sonrisa a broad smile
    2. [ropa] loose
    3. [extenso] [explicación, cobertura] comprehensive;
    [ventaja, capacidad] considerable;
    en el sentido más amplio de la palabra in the broadest sense of the word;
    ganaron por una amplia mayoría they won with a large majority;
    hubo un amplio consenso there was a broad consensus;
    ofrecen una amplia gama de servicios they offer a wide range of services;
    gozan de una amplia aceptación they enjoy widespread approval;
    tiene una amplia experiencia she has wide-ranging experience
    4. [abierto]
    una persona de amplias miras o [m5] amplia de miras a broad-minded person
    * * *
    adj casa spacious; gama, margen wide; falda full
    * * *
    amplio, - plia adj
    : broad, wide, ample
    ♦ ampliamente adj
    * * *
    amplio adj
    1. (gama, margen) wide
    2. (valor, cantidad) large
    3. (espacioso) spacious
    4. (ropa) baggy [comp. baggier; superl. baggiest] / loose

    Spanish-English dictionary > amplio

  • 6 acception

    acception [aksεpsjɔ̃]
    feminine noun
    [de mots] meaning
    • dans toute l'acception du mot or terme in every sense of the word
    * * *
    aksɛpsjɔ̃

    dans toute l'acception du terme or mot — in every sense of the word

    * * *
    aksɛpsjɔ̃ nf
    (= sens) meaning, sense

    dans toute l'acception du terme — in the full sense of the word, in the full meaning of the word

    * * *
    1 ( sens) sense; dans toute l'acception du terme or mot in every sense of the word;
    2 Jur ( distinction) sans acception de irrespective of.
    [aksɛpsjɔ̃] nom féminin
    sans acception de locution prépositionnelle
    [généralement] without taking into account

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > acception

  • 7 ampio

    "wide;
    Weiträumig;
    amplo"
    * * *
    (pl -pi) stanza spacious, large
    abito roomy
    gonna full
    * * *
    ampio agg.
    1 wide, ample, large, capacious; ( spazioso) spacious, roomy: un ampio teatro, a spacious theatre // un discorso di ampio respiro, a wide-ranging speech; persona di ampie vedute, s.o. with broad views; nel senso più ampio della parola, in the widest meaning of the word; conseguenze di ampia portata, far-ranging consequences; in ampio misura, to a large extent
    2 ( di abito) comfortable // gonna ampia, full skirt
    3 ( copioso) abundant; plenty of: disponeva di ampi mezzi, he was rather wealthy; è un paese di ampie risorse naturali, it's a country rich in natural resources // fornì ampie spiegazioni, ampi dettagli, he gave ample explanations, details.
    * * *
    pl. -pi, - pie ['ampjo, pi, pje] aggettivo
    1) (largo) [fiume, strada] broad, wide; [ indumento] loose(-fitting), roomy, baggy; [ tasca] large, capacious; [gesto, movimento] sweeping
    2) (spazioso) [letto, poltrona] roomy; [stanza, giardino] large
    3) (abbondante) [ quantità] ample; [scelta, gamma, pubblico] wide, large; [ uso] extensive
    4) (esteso) [campo, settore] broad; [ricerca, testi] extensive; [ spiegazione] ample
    * * *
    ampio
    pl. -pi, - pie /'ampjo, pi, pje/
     1 (largo) [fiume, strada] broad, wide; [ indumento] loose(-fitting), roomy, baggy; [ tasca] large, capacious; [gesto, movimento] sweeping; essere di -pie vedute to be broadminded
     2 (spazioso) [letto, poltrona] roomy; [stanza, giardino] large
     3 (abbondante) [ quantità] ample; [scelta, gamma, pubblico] wide, large; [ uso] extensive
     4 (esteso) [campo, settore] broad; [ricerca, testi] extensive; [ spiegazione] ample; nel significato più ampio della parola in the broadest o widest sense of the word; un progetto di ampio respiro a large-scale project.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > ampio

  • 8 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 9 betydning

    sg - betýdningen, pl - betýdninger
    значе́ние с, смысл м; ва́жность ж

    i óverført betýdning — в перено́сном смы́сле

    tíllægge betýdning — придава́ть значе́ние

    * * *
    consequence, meaning
    * * *
    (en -er) meaning ( fx I don't know the meaning of that word),
    ( især om en af flere betydninger) sense ( fx use the word in another sense; in the widest sense of the word);
    ( vigtighed) importance,
    F consequence, significance;
    ( indflydelse) influence;
    [ af betydning] of importance,
    F of consequence;
    [ ikke af særlig betydning] of no particular importance;
    [ få betydning for] become important for;
    [ få praktisk betydning] become of practical importance;
    [ i god betydning] in a good sense;
    [ lægge den betydning i det] put that construction on it, read that into it;
    [ tillægge betydning] attach importance to;
    [ uden betydning] without importance, unimportant, insignificant.

    Danish-English dictionary > betydning

  • 10 FARA

    go
    * * *
    (fer; fór, fórum; farinn), v.
    1) to move, pass along, go;
    gekk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went;
    fara heim (heiman), to go home (from home);
    fara á fund e-s to visit one;
    fjöld ek fór, I travelled much;
    hann sagði, hversu orð fóru með þeim, what words passed between them;
    absol., to go begging (ómagar, er þar eigu at fara í því þingi);
    2) with ‘ferð, leið’ or the like added in acc., gen., or dat.;
    fara leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, proceed on one’s journey (= fara ferðar sinnar or ferða sinna, fara ferð sina, fara för sina, förum sínum);
    fara þessa ferð, to make this journey;
    fara fullum dagleiðum, to travel a full days journeys;
    fara stefnuför, to go a-summoning;
    fara bónorðsför, to go a-wooing;
    fara sigrför, to go on the path of victory, to triumph;
    fara góða för, to make a lucky journey;
    fig., fara ósigr, to be defeated;
    fara mikinn skaða, to suffer great damage;
    fara hneykju, skömm, to incur disgrace;
    fara erendleysu, to fail in one’s errand;
    with the road in acc. (fara fjöll ok dala);
    3) fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode;
    fara eldi ok arni, to move one’s hearth and fire;
    4) fara einn saman, to go alone;
    fara eigi ein saman, to go with child (= fara með barni);
    5) with infin.;
    fara sofa, to go to sleep (allir menn vóru sofa farnir);
    fara vega, to go to fight;
    fara leita, to go seeking (var leita farit);
    6) with an a., etc.;
    fara villr, to go astray;
    fara haltr, to walk lame;
    fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind;
    fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of;
    fara andvígr e-m, to give battle;
    fara leyniliga (leynt), to be kept secret;
    eigi má þetta svá fara, this cannot go on in that way;
    fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means;
    fór þat fjarri, at ek vilda, I was far from desiring it;
    7) to turn out, end;
    fór þat sem líkligt var, it turned out as was likely (viz. ended ill);
    svá fór, at, the end was, that;
    ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess;
    á sómu leið fór um aðra sendimenn, it went the same way with the other messengers;
    8) to fare well, ill;
    biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell;
    9) to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair (ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn; hárit fór vel);
    impers., fór illa á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse;
    10) impers., e-m ferr vel, illa, one behaves or acts well, ill;
    honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter;
    e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way;
    11) fara e-t höndum, to touch with the hands, esp. of a healing touch, = fara höndum um e-t (bið hann fara höndum meinit);
    fara land herskildi, brandi, to visit a land with ‘warshield’, with fire, to ravage or devastate it (gekk síðan á land upp með liði sínu ok fór alit herskildi);
    12) to overtake (Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok gat farit sveininn);
    tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun;
    áðr hana Fenrir fari, before F. overtakes her;
    13) to ill-treat, treat cruelly;
    menn sá ek þá, er mjök höfðu hungri farit hörund, that had chastened their flesh with much fasting;
    14) to put an end to, destroy;
    fara sér (sjálfr), to kill oneself;
    fara lífi (fjörvi) e-s, to deprive one of life;
    þú hefir sigr vegit ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, killed F.;
    15) to forfeit (fara löndum ok lausafé);
    16) refl., farast;
    17) with preps. and advs.:
    fara af klæðum, to take off one’s clothes;
    fara at e-m, to make an attack upon, to assault (eigi mundi í annat sinn vænna at fara at jarlinum);
    fara at e-u, to mind, pay heed to;
    ekki fer ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár (it does not matter to me, I do not care, though);
    to deal with a thing, proceed in a certain way;
    fara at lögum, úlögum, to proceed lawfully, unlawfully;
    fara mjúkliga at, to proceed gently;
    hér skulu við fara at með ráðum, act with, deliberation;
    impers. with dat., to do, behave;
    illa hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly; to go in pusuit (search) of (víkingar nökkurir þeir sem fóru at féföngum);
    fara at fuglaveiðum, to go a-fowling;
    fara at fé, to tend sheep;
    fara á e-n, to come upon one;
    sigu saman augu, þá er dauðinn fór á, when death seized him;
    fara á hæl or hæli, to step back, retreat;
    fara eptir e-m, to follow one;
    fara eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (Snorri goði fór eptir líkinu; fara eptir vatni); to accommodate oneself to, conform to (engi vildi eptir öðrum fara);
    þau orð er eptir fara, the following words;
    fara fram, to go on, take place;
    ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place;
    veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well;
    spyrr, hvat þar fœri fram, he asked, what was going on there;
    fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice;
    allt mun þat sínu fram fara, it will take its own course;
    kváðu þat engu gegna ok fóru sínu fram, took their own way;
    segir honum, hversu þeir fóru fram, how they acted;
    fara e-t fram, to do., perform a thing;
    spyrr hann, hvat nú sé fram faranda, what is to be done;
    fara fyrir e-t, to pass for, be taken for (fari sá fyrir níðing, er);
    fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself;
    fara í e-t, to go into (fara í tunnu);
    fara í sæng, rekkju, to go to bed;
    fara í sess sinn, sæti sitt, to take one’s seat;
    fara í klæði, to put on clothes, dress;
    fara í vápn, brynju, to put on armour;
    fara í lag, to go right or straight again (þá fóru brýnn hans í lag);
    fara í vöxt, to increase;
    fara í þurð, to wane;
    fara í hernað, víking, to go a-freebooting;
    nú ferr í úvænt efni, now matters look hopeless;
    to happen, occur (alit þat, er í hafði farit um nóttina);
    fara með e-t, to wield handle, manage;
    fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded (the spear) Gungnir;
    fara með goðorð, to hold a goðorð;
    fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit;
    to practice, deal in;
    fara með rán, to deal in robbery;
    fara með spott ok háð, to go scoffing and mocking;
    fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, to practice sorcery;
    to deal with, treat, handle (þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara);
    fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret;
    fara með e-m, to go with one, follow one (ek skal með yðr fara með allan minn styrk);
    fara með e-u, to do (so and so) with a thing, to deal with, manage;
    hvernig þeir skyldu fara með vápnum sínum, what they were to do with their weapons;
    sá maðr, er með arfinum ferr, who manages the inheritance;
    fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case;
    fara vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well;
    undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, these monks behave strangely;
    fara með barni, to go with child;
    impers., ferr með þeim heldr fáliga, they are on indifferent terms;
    fara ór landi, to leave the country;
    fara ór klæðum, fötum, to take off one’s clothes, undress;
    fara saman, to go together; to shake, shudder;
    fór en forna fold öll saman, shivered all through;
    to concur, agree (hversu má þat saman f);
    fara til svefns, to go to sleep (= fara at sofa);
    fara um e-t, to travel over (fara um fjall);
    fara höndum um e-n, to stroke or touch one with the hands (hann fór höndum um þá, er sjúkir vóru);
    fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject;
    fara myrkt um e-t, to keep a matter dark;
    fara undan, to excuse oneself (from doing a thing), to decline, refuse (hvat berr til, at þú ferr undan at gera mér veizluna);
    borð fara upp, the tables are removed;
    fara út, to go from Norway to Iceland; to come to a close, run out (fóru svá út þessir fimm vetr);
    fara útan, to go abroad (from Iceland);
    fara við e-n, to treat one, deal with one in a certain way;
    margs á, ek minnast, hve við mik fóruð, I have many things to remember of your dealings with me;
    fara yfir e-t, to go through;
    nú er yfir farit um landnám, now an account of the settlements has been given;
    skjótt yfir at fara, to be brief.
    * * *
    pret. fóra, 2nd pers. fórt, mod. fórst, pl. fóru; pres. ferr, 2nd pers. ferr, in mod. pronunciation ferð; pret. subj. færa; imperat. far and farðu (= far þú); sup. farit; part. farinn; with the suffixed neg. fór-a, Am. 45; farið-a ( depart not), Hkr. i. 115 MS. (in a verse). [In the Icel. scarcely any other verb is in so freq. use as fara, as it denotes any motion; not so in other Teut. idioms; in Ulf. faran is only used once, viz. Luke x. 7; Goth. farjan means to sail, and this seems to be the original sense of fara (vide far); A. S. faran; the Germ. fahren and Engl. fare are used in a limited sense; in the Engl. Bible this word never occurs (Cruden); Swed. fara; Dan. fare.]
    A. NEUT. to go, fare, travel, in the widest sense; gékk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went, Hkr. i. 100; né ek flý þó ek ferr, I fly not though I fare, Edda (in a verse); létt er lauss at fara (a proverb), Sl. 37: the saying, verðr hverr með sjálfum sér lengst at fara, Gísl. 25; cp. ‘dass von sich selbst der Mensch nicht scheiden kann’ (Göthe’s Tasso), or the Lat. ‘patriae quis exul se quoque fugit?’ usually in the sense to go, to depart, heill þú farir, heill þú aptr komir, Vþm. 4; but also to come, far þú hingat til mín, come here, Nj. 2.
    2. to travel, go forth or through, pass, or the like; þú skalt fara í Kirkjubæ, Nj. 74; fara ór landi, to fare forth from one’s country, Fms. v. 24; kjóll ferr austan, Vsp. 51; Surtr ferr sunnan, 52; snjór var mikill, ok íllt at fara, and ill to pass, Fms. ix. 491; fóru þeir út eptir ánni, Eg. 81; siðan fór Egill fram með skóginum, 531; þeim sem hann vildi at færi … Njáll hét at fara, Nj. 49; fara munu vér, Eg. 579; Egill fór til þess er hann kom til Álfs. 577, Fms. xi. 122; fara þeir nú af melinum á sléttuna. Eg. 747; fara heiman, to fare forth from one’s home, K. Þ. K. 6; alls mik fara tíðir, Vþm. 1; fjölð ek fór, far I fared, i. e. travelled far, 3: the phrase, fara utan, to fare outwards, go abroad (from Iceland), passim; fara vestr um haf, to fare westward over the sea, i. e. to the British Isles, Hkr. i. 101; fara á fund e-s, to visit one, Ld. 62; fara at heimboði, to go to a feast, id.; fara fæti, to fare a-foot, go walking, Hkr.; absol. fara, to travel, beg, hence föru-maðr, a vagrant, beggar; in olden times the poor went their rounds from house to house within a certain district, cp. Grág. i. 85; ómagar er þar eigu at fara í því þingi eðr um þau þing, id.; ómagar skolu fara, 119; omegð þá er þar ferr, 296: in mod. usage, fara um and um-ferð, begging, going round.
    β. with prep.: fara at e-m, to make an inroad upon one, Nj. 93, 94, 102 (cp. at-för); fara á e-n, to mount, e. g. fara á bak, to mount on horseback; metaph., dauðinn fór á, death seized him, Fms. xi. 150; f. saman, to go together, Edda 121, Grág. ii. 256; f. saman also means to shudder. Germ. zusammenfahren, Hým. 24: metaph. to concur, agree, hversu má þat saman f., Nj. 192; þeim þótti þat mjök saman f., Fms. iv. 382; fara á hæl, or á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. step back. retreat, xi. 278, Eg. 296; fara undan, metaph. to excuse oneself, refuse (v. undan), Nj. 23, Fms. x. 227; fara fyrir, to proceed; fara eptir, to follow.
    3. with ferð, leið or the like added, in acc. or gen. to go one’s way; fara leiðar sinnar, to proceed on one’s journey, Eg. 81, 477, Fms. i. 10, Grág. ii. 119; fara ferðar sinnar, or ferða sinna, id.. Eg. 180, Fms. iv. 125; fara derð sina, id.. Eg. 568; fara förum sínum, or för sinní, id., K. Þ. K. 80, 90; fara dagfari ok náttfari, to travel day and night, Fms. i. 203; fara fullum dagleiðum, to go full days-journeys, Grág. i. 91; or in a more special sense, fara þessa ferð, to make this journey, Fas. ii. 117; f. stefnu-för, to go a-summoning; f. bónorðs-för, to go a-courting, Nj. 148; f. sigr-för, to go on the way of victory, to triumph, Eg. 21; fara sendi-för, to go on a message, 540.
    β. in a metaph. sense; fara hneykju-för, to be shamefully beaten, Hrafn. 19 (MS.); fara ósigr, to be defeated, Eg. 287; fara mikinn skaða, to ‘fare’ (i. e. suffer) great damage, Karl. 43; fara því verrum förum, fara skömm, hneykju, erendleysu, úsæmð, to get the worst of it, Fms. viii. 125.
    4. with the road in acc.; hann fór Vánar-skarð, Landn. 226; f. sjó-veg, land-veg, K. Þ. K. 24; fór mörg lönd ok stórar merkr, Fas. ii. 540; fara sömu leið, Fms. i. 70; f. sama veg, Luke x. 31; f. fjöll ok dala, Barl. 104; fara út-leið, þjóð-leið, Fms. iv. 260; also, fara um veg, fara um fjall, to cross a fell, Hm. 3; fara liði, to march, Fms. i. 110.
    II. in a more indefinite sense, to go; fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode, Ld. 56, Hkr. ii. 177, Nj. 151, Vigl. 30; fara búferla, to more one’s household, Grág. ii. 409; fara vöflunarförum, to go a-begging, i. 163, 294, ii. 482.
    2. the phrases, fara eldi ok arni, a law term, to move one’s hearth and fire. Grág. ii. 253; fara eldi um land, a heathen rite for taking possession of land, defined in Landn. 276. cp. Eb. 8, Landn. 189, 284.
    3. fara einn-saman, to be alone. Grág. ii. 9; the phrase, f. eigi einn-saman, to be not alone, i. e. with child, Fms. iii. 109; or, fór hón með svein þann, Bs. i. 437; cp. ganga með barni.
    4. adding an adj., to denote gait, pace, or the like; fara snúðigt, to stride haughtily, Nj. 100; fara mikinn, to rush on, 143; fara flatt, to fall flat, tumble, Bárð. 177; fara hægt, to walk slowly.
    β. fara til svefns, to go to sleep, Nj. 35; f. í sæti sitt, to go to one’s seat, 129; f. í sess, Vþm. 9; f. á bekk, 19; fara á sæng, to go to bed, N. G. L. i. 30; fara í rúmið, id. (mod.); fara í mannjöfnuð, Ísl. ii. 214; fara í lag, to be put straight, Eg. 306; fara í vöxt, to wax, increase, Fms. ix. 430, Al. 141; fara í þurð, to wane, Ld. 122, l. 1 (MS.); fara í úefni, to go to the wrong side, Sturl. iii. 210; fara at skakka, to be odd ( not even). Sturl. ii. 258; fara at sölum, to be put out for sale, Grág. ii. 204.
    5. fara at fuglum, to go a-fowling, Orkn. (in a verse); fara at fugla-veiðum, id., Bb. 3. 36; fara í hernað, í víking, to go a-freebooting, Fms. i. 33, Landn. 31; fara at fé, to watch sheep, Ld. 240; fara at fé-föngum, to go a-fetching booty, Fms. vii. 78.
    β. with infin., denoting one’s ‘doing’ or ‘being;’ fara sofa, to go to sleep, Eg. 377; fara vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 54, Gm. 23; fara at róa, Vígl. 22; fara leita, to go seeking, Fms. x. 240; fara að búa, to set up a household, Bb. 2. 6; fara að hátta, to go to bed.
    γ. akin to this is the mod. use of fara with an infin. following in the sense to begin, as in the East Angl. counties of Engl. it ‘fares’ to …, i. e. it begins, is likely to be or to do so and so; það fer að birta, það er farit að dimma, it ‘fares’ to grow dark; það fer að hvessa, it ‘fares’ to blow; fer að rigna, it ‘fares’ to rain. etc.:—no instance of this usage is recorded in old Icel., but the Engl. usage shews that it must be old.
    δ. with an adj. etc.; fara villr, to go astray, Sks. 565; fara haltr, to go lame, Fms. x. 420; fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind, 264; fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself, Eb. 270; fara apr, to feel chilly, Fms. vi. 237 (in a verse); fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of, Skálda 187 (in a verse); fara andvígr e-m, to give battle, Stor. 8; fara leyniliga, to go secretly, be kept hidden, Nj. 49.
    6. to pass; fór sú skipan til Íslands, Fms. x. 23; fara þessi mál til þings, Nj. 100; hversu orð fóru með þeim, how words passed between them, 90; fóru þau orð um, the runner went abroad, Fms. i. 12; ferr orð er um munn líðr (a saying), iv. 279; þá fór ferligt úorðan, a bad report went abroad, Hom. 115.
    7. fara fram, to go on, take place; ferr þetta fram, Ld. 258; ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place, K. Þ. K. 64; ferr svá fram, and so things went on without a break, Nj. 11, Eg. 711; veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well, Nj. 11, 51; spyrr hvat þar færi fram, he asked what there was going on. Band. 17; fór allt á sömu leið sem fyrr, it went on all the same as before, Fms. iv. 112; fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice, Nj. 5, 66, Fms. vii. 318; allt mun þat sínu fram f., it will take its own course, Nj. 259; nú er því ferr fram um hríð, it went on so for a while, Fms. xi. 108; a law term, to be produced, gögn fara fram til varnar, Grág. i. 65; dómar fara út, the court is set (vide dómr), Grág., Nj., passim.
    8. borð fara upp brott, the tables are removed (vide borð), Eg. 247, 551; eigi má þetta svá f., this cannot go on in that way, Nj. 87; fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means, 134; fór þat fjarri at ek vilda, Ld. 12; fór þat ok svá til, and so if came to pass, Fms. x. 212.
    9. to turn out, end; hversu ætlar þú fara hesta-atið, Nj. 90; fór þat sem likligt var, it turned out as was likely (i. e. ended ill). Eg. 46; svá fór, at …, the end was, that …, Grett. 81 new Ed.; ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess, Dropl. 30, Vígl. 21; ef svá ferr sem mín orð horfa til, Fms. v. 24; ef svá ferr sem mik varir, if it comes to pass as it seems to me, vi. 350; svá fór um sjóferð þá, Bjarni 202; á sömu leið fór um aðra sendi-menn, Eg. 537; to depart, die, þar fór nýtr maðr, Fs. 39; fara danða-yrði, to pass the death-weird, to die, Ýt. 8.
    10. to fare well, ill, in addressing; fari þér vel, fare ye well, Nj. 7; biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell, Eg. 22, Ld. 62; far heill ok sæll, Fms. vii. 197: in a bad sense, far þú nú þar, ill betide thee! Hbl. 60; far (impers.) manna armastr, Eg. 553; Jökull bað hann fara bræla armastan, Finnb. 306; fari þér í svá gramendr allir, Dropl. 23.
    11. fara í fat, í brynju (acc.), etc., to dress, undress; but fara ór fötum (dat.), to undress, Fms. x. 16, xi. 132, vii. 202, Nj. 143, Gh. 16, etc.
    III. metaph.,
    1. to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair, or the like; ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn, Fas. ii. 343; hárið fór vel, Nj. 30; jarpr á hár ok fór vel hárit, Fms. ii. 7; gult hár sem silki ok fór fagrliga, vi. 438, Fs. 88; klæði sem bezt farandi, Eb. 256; var sú konan bezt f., the most graceful, lady-like, Ísl. ii. 438; fór ílla á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse, Bs. i. 712.
    2. impers. it goes so and so with one, i. e. one behaves so and so: e-m ferr vel, ílla, etc., one behaves well, ill, etc.; honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter, Nj. 210; bezta ferr þér, Fms. vii. 33; vel mun þér fara, Nj. 55; at honum fari vel, 64; þer hefir vel farit til mín, Finnb. 238; e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way, Nj. 217; ferr þér þá bezt jafnan ok höfðinglegast er mest liggr við, 228; mun honum nokkurn veg vel f., Hrafn. 10; údrengiliga hefir þér farit til vár, Ld. 48; ferr þér illa, Nj. 57; hversu Gunnari fór, how ( well) G. behaved, 119.
    3. fara at e-u, to deal with a thing (i. e. proceed) so and so; svá skal at sókn fara, thus is the pleading to be proceeded with, Grág. i. 323; svá skal at því f. at beiða …, 7; fara at lögum, or úlögum at e-u, to proceed lawfully or unlawfully, 126; hversu at skyldi f., how they were to proceed, Nj. 114; fara mjúklega at, to proceed gently, Fms. vii. 18; hér skulu vér f. at með ráðum, to act with deliberation, Eg. 582; Flosi fór at öngu óðara ( took matters calmly), en hann væri heima, Nj. 220.
    β. impers. with dat., to do, behave; ílla hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly, Hrafn. 8; veit Guð hversu hverjum manni mun at f., Fms. x. 212: in mod. phrases, to become, ironically, þér ferr það, or þér ferst það, it becomes thee, i. e. ‘tis too bad of thee.
    γ. hví ferr konungrinn nú svá (viz. at), Fms. i. 35; er slíkt úsæmiliga farit, so shamefully done, Nj. 82; hér ferr vænt at, here things go merrily, 232; karlmannliga er farit, manfully done, 144.
    δ. to mind, care about; ekki ferr ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár, it does not matter to me, I do not care, though …, Nj. 18; ekki munu vit at því fara ( never mind that), segir Helgi, 133.
    ε. fara eptir, to be in proportion; hér eptir fór vöxtr ok afl, his strength and stature were in proportion, Clar.
    4. fara með e-t, to wield, handle, manage; fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded Gungni ( the spear), Kormak; f. með Gríðar-völ, to wield the staff G., Þd. 9: as a law term, to wield, possess; fara með goðorð, to keep a goðorð, esp. during the session of parliament, Dropl. 8, Grág. and Nj. passim; fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit, Grág., Nj.; or, fara við sök, id., Nj. 86.
    β. metaph. to practise, deal in; fara með rán, to deal in robbing, Nj. 73; fara með spott ok háð, to go sporting and mocking, 66; f. með fals ok dár, Pass. 16. 5; fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, K. Þ. K. 76; f. með hindr-vitni, Grett. 111; cp. the phrase, farðu ekki með það, don’t talk such nonsense.
    γ. to deal with, treat, handle; þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara, thou wilt deal with him most kindly and most gently, Nj. 219; fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret, id.; Ingimundr fór vel með sögum (better than sögur, acc.), Ing. dealt well with stories, was a good historian. Sturl. i. 9.
    δ. with dat.; fara með e-u, to do so and so with a thing, manage it; hversu þeir skyldi fara með vápnum sínum, how they were to do with their weapons, Fms. ix. 509; sá maðr er með arfinum ferr, who manages the arfr, Grág. i. 217; ef þeir fara annan veg með því fé, 216; fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case, 46; meðan hann ferr svá með sem mælt er, 93; Gunnarr fór með öllu ( acted in all) sem honum var ráð til kennt, Nj. 100; ef svá er með farit, Ld. 152; f. vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well, behave well, Eg. 65; Hrafn fór með sér vel, H. bore himself well, Fms. vi. 109; undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, they behave strangely, 188; við förum kynlega með okkrum málum, Nj. 130; vant þyki mér með slíku at fara, difficult matters to have to do with, 75; f. málum á hendr e-m, to bring an action against one, Ld. 138; fara sókn ( to proceed) sem at þingadómi, Grág. i. 463; fara svá öllu máli um sem …, 40, ii. 348; fara með hlátri ok gapi, to go laughing and scoffing, Nj. 220; cp. β above.
    IV. fara um, yfir e-t, to pass over slightly; nú er yfir farit um landnám, shortly told, touched upon, Landn. 320; skjótt yfir at f., to be brief, 656 A. 12; fara myrkt um e-t, to mystify a thing, Ld. 322; fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject, Fbr. 124, Nj. 248, Fms. ix. 264.
    β. in the phrase, fara höndum um e-t, to go with the hands about a thing, to touch it, Germ. befühlen, esp. medic. of a healing touch; jafnan fengu menn heilsubót af handlögum hans, af því er hann fór höndum um þá er sjúkir vóru, Játv. 24; ok pá fór hann höndum um hann, Bs. i. 644; þá lét Arnoddr fara aðra höndina um hann, ok fann at hann var berfættr ok í línklæðum. Dropl. 30; cp. fóru hendr hvítar hennar um þessar görvar, Fas. i. 248 (in a verse): note the curious mod. phrase, það fer að fara um mig, I began to feel uneasy, as from a cold touch or the like.
    γ. impers. with dat.; eigi ferr þér nær Gunnari, en Merði mundi við þik, thou camest not nearer to G. than Mord would to thee, i. e. thou art just as far from being a match for G. as Mord is to thee, Nj. 37; þá ferr honum sem öðrum, it came to pass with him as with others, 172; þá mun mér first um fara, I shall fall much short of that, Fms. vi. 362; því betr er þeim ferr öllum verr at, the worse they fare the better I am pleased, Nj. 217.
    V. reflex., esp. of a journey, to fare well; fórsk þeim vel, they fared well, Eg. 392, Fms. xi. 22; honum fersk vel vegrinn, he proceeded well on his journey, ii. 81; hafði allt farizt vel at, all had fared well, they had had a prosperous journey, Íb. 10; fórsk þeim þá seint um daginn, they proceeded slowly, Eg. 544; mönnum fórsk eigi vel um fenit, Fms. vii. 149; hversu þeim hafði farizk, Nj. 90; at þeim færisk vel, Ísl. ii. 343, 208, v. l.: the phrase, hamri fórsk í hægri hönd, he grasped the hammer in his right hand, Bragi; farask lönd undir, to subdue lands, Hkr. i. 134, v. l. (in a verse).
    2. recipr., farask hjá, to go beside one another, miss one another, pass without meeting, Nj. 9; farask á mis, id., farask í móti, to march against one another, of two hosts; þat bar svá til at hvárigir vissu til annarra ok fórusk þó í móti, Fms. viii. 63, x. 46, Fas. ii. 515.
    VI. part.,
    1. act., koma farandi, to come of a sudden or by chance; þá kómu hjarðsveinar þar at farandi, some shepherds just came, Eg. 380; Moses kom farandi til fólksins, Sks. 574; koma inn farandi, 369, Fbr. 25.
    2. pass. farinn, in the phrase, á förnum vegi, on ‘wayfaring,’ i. e. in travelling, passing by; finna e-n á förnum vegi, Nj. 258, K. Þ. K. 6; kveðja fjárins á förnum vegi, Grág. i. 403; also, fara um farinn veg, to pass on one’s journey; of the sun. sól var skamt farin, the sun was little advanced, i. e. early in the morning, Fms. xi. 267, viii. 146; þá var dagr alljós ok sól farin, broad day and sun high in the sky, Eg. 219; also impers., sól (dat.) var skamt farit, Úlf. 4. 10: the phrase, aldri farinn, stricken in years, Sturl. i. 212; vel farinn í andliti, well-favoured, Ld. 274; vel at orði farinn, well spoken, eloquent, Fms. xi. 193; mod., vel orði, máli farinn, and so Ld. 122; gone, þar eru baugar farnir, Grág. ii. 172; þó fætrnir sé farnir, Fas. iii. 308.
    β. impers. in the phrase, e-m er þannig farit, one is so and so; veðri var þannig farit, at …, the winter was such, that …, Fms. xi. 34; veðri var svá farit at myrkt var um at litask, i. e. the weather was gloomy, Grett. 111; hversu landinu er farit, what is the condition of the country, Sks. 181; henni er þannig farit, at hón er mikil ey, löng …, ( the island) is so shapen, that it is large and long, Hkr. ii. 188; er eigi einn veg farit úgæfu okkari, our ill-luck is not of one piece, Nj. 183: metaph. of state, disposition, character, er hánum vel farit, he is a well-favoured man, 15; undarliga er yðr farit, ye are strange men, 154; honum var svá farit, at hann var vesal-menni, Boll. 352: adding the prepp. at, til, þeim var úlíkt farit at í mörgu, they were at variance in many respects, Hkr. iii. 97; nú er annan veg til farit, now matters are altered, Nj. 226; nú er svá til farit, at ek vil …, now the case is, that I wish …, Eg. 714; hér er þannig til farit, … at leiðin, 582; þar var þannig til farit, Fms. xi. 34. ☞ Hence comes the mod. form varið (v instead of f), which also occurs in MSS. of the 15th century—veðri var svá varit, Sd. 181; ér honum vel varið, Lv. 80, Ld. 266, v. l.; svá er til varið, Sks. 223, 224,—all of them paper MSS. The phrase, e-m er nær farit, one is pressed; svá var honum nær farit af öllu samt, vökum ok föstu, he was nearly overcome from want of sleep and fasting.
    B. TRANS.
    I. with acc.:
    1. to visit; fara land herskildi, brandi, etc., to visit a land with ‘war-shield,’ fire, etc., i. e. devastate it; gékk siðan á land upp með liði sínu, ok fór allt herskildi, Fms. i. 131; land þetta mundi herskildi farit, ok leggjask undir útlenda höfðingja, iv. 357; (hann) lét Halland farit brandi, vii. 4 (in a verse); hann fór lvist eldi, 41 (in a verse); hann hefir farit öll eylönd brandi, 46 (in a verse); fara hungri hörund, to emaciate the body, of an ascetic, Sl. 71.
    2. to overtake, with acc.; hann gat ekki farit hann, he could not overtake ( catch) him, 623. 17; tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun, Rb. 116; áðr hana Fenrir fari, before Fenrir overtakes her, Vþm. 46, 47; knegut oss fálur fara, ye witches cannot take us, Hkv. Hjörv. 13; hann gat farit fjóra menn af liði Steinólfs, ok drap þá alla, … hann gat farit þá hjá Steinólfsdal, Gullþ. 29; hann reið eptir þeim, ok gat farit þá út hjá Svelgsá, milli ok Hóla, Eb. 180; Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok getr farit sveininn, Ld. 242; viku þeir þá enn undan sem skjótast svá at Danir gátu eigi farit þá, Fms. (Knytl. S.) xi. 377 (MS., in the Ed. wrongly altered to náð þeim); hérinn hljóp undan, ok gátu hundarnir ekki farit hann (Ed. fráit wrongly), Fas. iii. 374; ok renna allir eptir þeim manni er víg vakti, … ok verðr hann farinn, Gþl. 146: cp. the phrase, vera farinn, to dwell, live, to be found here and there; þótt hann sé firr um farinn, Hm. 33.
    II. with dat. to destroy, make to perish; f. sér, to make away with oneself; kona hans fór sér í dísar-sal, she killed herself, Fas. i. 527; hón varð stygg ok vildi fara sér, Landn. (Hb.) 55; ef þér gangit fyrir hamra ofan ok farit yðr sjálfir, Fms. viii. 53; hví ætla menn at hann mundi vilja f. sér sjálfr, iii. 59; fara lífi, fjörvi, öndu, id.; skal hann heldr eta, en fara öndu sinni, than starve oneself to death, K. Þ. K. 130; ok verðr þá þínu fjörvi um farit, Lv. 57, Ýt. 20, Fas. i. 426 (in a verse), cp. Hkv. Hjörv. 13; mínu fjörvi at fara, Fm. 5; þú hefir sigr vegit, ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, 23; farit hafði hann allri ætt Geirmímis, Hkv. 1. 14; ok létu hans fjörvi farit, Sól. 22; hann hafði farit mörgum manni, O. H. L. 11.
    β. to forfeit; fara sýknu sinni, Grág. i. 98; fara löndum ok lausafé, ii. 167.
    2. reflex. to perish (but esp. freq. in the sense to be drowned, perish in the sea); farask af sulti, to die of hunger, Fms. ii. 226; fellr fjöldi manns í díkit ok farask þar, v. 281; fórusk sex hundruð Vinda skipa, xi. 369; alls fórusk níu menn, Ísl. ii. 385; mun heimr farask, Eluc. 43; þá er himin ok jörð hefir farisk, Edda 12; farask af hita, mæði, Fms. ix. 47; fórsk þar byrðingrinn, 307; hvar þess er menn farask, Grág. i. 219; heldr enn at fólk Guðs farisk af mínum völdum, Sks. 732: of cattle, ef fé hins hefir troðisk eðr farisk á þá lund sem nú var tínt, Grág. ii. 286.
    β. metaph., fersk nú vinátta ykkur, your friendship is done with, Band. 12.
    γ. the phrase, farask fyrir, to come to naught, Nj. 131; at síðr mun fyrir farask nokkut stórræði, Ísl. ii. 340; en fyrir fórusk málagjöldin af konungi, the payment never took place, Fms. v. 278; lét ek þetta verk fyrir farask, vii. 158; þá mun þat fyrir farask, Fs. 20; en fyrir fórsk þat þó þau misseri, Sd. 150: in mod. usage (N. T.), to perish.
    δ. in act. rarely, and perhaps only a misspelling: frá því er féit fór (fórsk better), K. Þ. K. 132; fóru (better fórusk, were drowned) margir Íslenzkir menn, Bs. i. 436.
    3. part. farinn, as adj. gone, undone; nú eru vér farnir, nema …, Lv. 83; hans tafl var mjök svá farit, his game was almost lost, Fas. i. 523; þá er farnir vóru forstöðumenn Tróju, when the defenders of Troy were dead and gone, Ver. 36; tungl farit, a ‘dead moon,’ i. e. new moon, Rb. 34; farinn af sulti ok mæði, Fms. viii. 53; farinn at e-u, ruined in a thing, having lost it; farnir at hamingju, luckless, iv. 73; f. at vistum, xi. 33; f. at lausa-fé;. iii. 117: in some cases uncertain whether the participle does not belong to A.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FARA

  • 11 dies

    dĭes (dīes, Liv. Andron. Fragm. Odys. 7), ēi ([etilde]ī, Verg. A. 4, 156; Hor. S. 1, 8, 35 et saep.;

    dissyl.: di-ei,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 31; also gen. dies, die, and dii—dies, as in acies, facies, pernicies, etc., Enn. ap. Gell. 9, 14; Ann. v. 401 Vahl.; Cic. Sest. 12, 28 ap. Gell. l. l.:

    die,

    Prisc. p. 780 P.; even in Verg. G. 1, 208, where Gellius reads dies, v. Wagner ad loc., nearly all MSS. have die; cf. Rib. and Forbig. ad loc.; so,

    die,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 59; id. Capt. 4, 2, 20; Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 5; id. B. C. 1, 14, 3; 3, 76, 2; Just. 2, 11, 17; cf. Oud. ad B. G. 2, 23, 1. Die appears to be certain in Sall. J. 52, 3; 97, 3. Also in Cic. Sest. 12, 28, Gellius reads dies, where our MSS., except the Cod. Lamb., have diei;

    perh. those words do not belong to Cicero himself. Form dii,

    Verg. A. 1, 636, Rib. and Forbig. after Serv. and Gell. l. l.— Dat., diēī, saep. die, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 120, acc. to Serv. Verg. G. 1, 208; Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 48; id. Capt. 3, 1, 4; id. Trin. 4, 2, 1;

    once dii,

    id. Merc. 1, Prol. 13; cf. Roby, Gram. 1, 121 sq.); m. (in sing. sometimes f., esp. in the signif. no. I. B. 1.) [root Sanscr. dī, gleam: dinas, day; Gr. dios, heavenly; cf. Lat. Jovis (Diovis), Diana, deus, dīvus, etc. Old form, dius (for divus); cf.: nudius, diu, etc. The word also appears in composition in many particles, as pridem, hodie, diu, etc., v. Corss. Auspr. 2, 855 sq.], a day (cf.: tempus, tempestas, aetas, aevum, spatium, intervallum).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., the civil day of twenty-four hours.
    (α).
    Masc.:

    dies primus est veris in Aquario... dies tertius... dies civiles nostros, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1; cf. Plin. 2, 77, 79, § 188; Macr. S. 1, 3; Gell. 3, 2: REBVS IVRE IVDICATIS TRIGINTA DIES IVSTI SVNTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; and 15, 13 fin.; for which;

    per dies continuos XXX., etc.,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 78: multa dies in bello conficit unus, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 297 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    non uno absolvam die,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 73:

    hic dies,

    id. Aul. 4, 9, 11:

    hic ille est dies,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 3:

    ante hunc diem,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 101:

    illo die impransus fui,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 98; cf.:

    eo die,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22 fin.; 2, 6; 2, 32 fin.; 4, 11, 4; 5, 15 fin. et saep.:

    postero die,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 1; 3, 6, 3 et saep.; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17; Sall. J. 29, 5; 38, 9 et saep.:

    in posterum diem,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 41 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 65 fin. et saep.:

    diem scito esse nullum, quo die non dicam pro reo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3:

    domi sedet totos dies,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 34:

    paucos dies ibi morati,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 5, 4:

    dies continuos XXX. sub bruma esse noctem,

    id. ib. 5, 13, 3:

    hosce aliquot dies,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 4; cf. id. Eun. 1, 2, 71 et saep.:

    festo die si quid prodegeris,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 10; so,

    festus,

    id. Cas. 1, 49; id. Poen. 3, 5, 13; 4, 2, 26 et saep.—
    (β).
    Fem. (freq. in poetry metri gratiā; rare in prose), postrema, Enn. ap. Gell. 9, 14:

    omnia ademit Una dies,

    Lucr. 3, 912; cf. id. 3, 921; 5, 96 and 998: homines, qui ex media nocte ad proximam mediam noctem in his horis XXIV. nati sunt, una die nati dicuntur, Varr. ap. Gell. 3, 2, 2 (uno die, Macr. S. 1, 3):

    quibus effectis armatisque diebus XXX., a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36 fin.:

    Varronem profiteri, se altera die ad colloquium venturum,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 4 (for which, shortly before: quo cum esset postero die ventum); cf.:

    postera die,

    Sall. J. 68, 2 (for which, in the same author, more freq.:

    postero die): pulchra,

    Hor. Od. 1, 36, 10:

    suprema,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 20:

    atra,

    Verg. A. 6, 429:

    tarda,

    Ov. M. 15, 868 et saep.—(But Caes. B. C. 3, 26, 1; 3, 37, 1, read altero, tertio.)—
    b.
    Connections:

    postridie ejus diei, a favorite expression of Caesar,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23, 1: 1, 47, 2; 1, 48, 2 et saep., v. postridie;

    and cf.: post diem tertium ejus diei,

    Cic. Att. 3, 7; Sulpic. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2; Liv. 27, 35:

    diem ex die exspectabam,

    from day to day, id. ib. 7, 26 fin.; cf.:

    diem ex die ducere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 5; for which also: diem de die prospectans, Liv. 5, 48; and: diem de die differre, id. 25, 25: LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO, for every day, day by day, daily, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; cf.:

    affatim est hominum, in dies qui singulas escas edunt,

    Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 10; so,

    in dies,

    every day, Cic. Top. 16, 62; Caes. B. G. 3, 23, 7; 5, 58, 1; 7, 30, 4; Vell. 2, 52, 2; Liv. 21, 11 Drak.; 34, 11 al.; less freq. in sing.:

    nihil usquam sui videt: in diem rapto vivit,

    Liv. 22, 39; cf.:

    mutabilibus in diem causis (opp. natura perpetua),

    id. 31, 29 (in another signif. v. the foll., no. II. A. 3); and: cui licet in diem ( = singulis diebus, daily) dixisse Vixi, etc., Hor. Od. 3, 29, 42. And still more rarely: ad diem, Treb. Gallien. 17; Vop. Firm. 4:

    ante diem, v. ante.—Die = quotidie or in diem,

    daily, Verg. E. 2, 42; 3, 34:

    quos mille die victor sub Tartara misi,

    id. A. 11, 397:

    paucissimos die composuisse versus,

    Quint. 10, 3, 8:

    saepius die,

    Plin. 15, 6, 6, § 22: die crastini, noni, pristini, quinti, for die crastino, nono, etc., v. h. vv. crastinus, nonus, etc.; and cf. Gell. 10, 24; Macr. S. 1, 4.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    A set day, appointed time, term in the widest sense of the word (for appearing before court, in the army, making a payment, etc.).
    (α).
    Masc.: MORBVS SONTICVS... STATVS DIES CVM HOSTE... QVID HORVM FVIT VNVM IVDICI ARBITROVE REOVE DIES DIFFISVS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12; Fest. p. 273, 26 Müll.; for which: STATVS CONDICTVSVE DIES CVM HOSTE, acc. to Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4;

    and with comic reference to the words of this law,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 5 (found also in Macr. S. 1, 16);

    and freq.: status dies,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 39, 1; Suet. Claud. 1; Flor. 1, 13, 16 et saep.:

    hic nuptiis dictus est dies,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 75; cf.:

    dies colloquio dictus est ex eo die quintus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 42, 4; so,

    dictus,

    id. ib. 5, 27, 5:

    iis certum diem conveniendi dicit,

    id. ib. 5, 57, 2:

    die certo,

    Sall. J. 79, 4; cf.

    constituto,

    id. ib. 13 fin.:

    decretus colloquio,

    id. ib. 113, 3:

    praestitutus,

    Liv. 3, 22:

    praefinitus,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109; Gell. 16, 4, 3:

    ascriptus,

    Phaedr. 4, 11, 8 et saep.:

    quoniam advesperascit, dabis diem nobis aliquem, ut contra ista dicamus,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 40; Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 5; id. B. C. 1, 11, 2; Sall. J. 109, 3; Liv. 35, 35 et saep.:

    dies ater,

    an unlucky day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 25.—
    (β).
    Fem. (so commonly in this sense in class. prose, but only in sing., v. Mützell ad Curt. 3, 1, 8):

    ut quasi dies si dicta sit,

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11; so,

    dicta,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 10 fin.; cf.:

    edicta ad conveniendum,

    Liv. 41, 10 fin.:

    praestituta,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; 2, 2, 28; Ter. Ph. 3, 2, 38; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14 fin.; id. Vatin. 15, 37; id. Tusc. 1, 39; Liv. 45, 11 et saep.; cf.

    constituta,

    Cic. Caecin. 11, 32; Caes. B. G. 1, 4, 2; 1, 8, 3: certa eius rei constituta, id. B. C. 3, 33, 1:

    pacta et constituta,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 24:

    statuta,

    Liv. 31, 29:

    stata,

    id. 27, 23 fin.:

    certa,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 30, 4, 5, 1, 8; id. B. C. 1, 2, 6; Nep. Chabr. 3 et saep.:

    annua,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23; id. Att. 12, 3 fin.; cf.

    longa,

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 18:

    die caecā emere, oculatā vendere,

    i. e. to buy on credit and sell for cash, id. Ps. 1, 3, 67, v. caecus, no. II. B.:

    haec dies summa hodie est, mea amica sitne libera, an, etc.,

    id. Pers. 1, 1, 34:

    puto fore istam etiam a praecone diem,

    Cic. Att. 13, 3:

    ubi ea dies venit (preceded by tempore ejus rei constituto),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 3:

    praeterita die, qua suorum auxilia exspectaverant,

    id. ib. 7, 77, 1; cf. id. ib. 6, 33, 4:

    esse in lege, quam ad diem proscriptiones fiant,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 44, 128 et saep.—
    (γ).
    Both genders together:

    diem dicunt, qua die ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant: is dies erat a. d. V. Kal. Apr., etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6 fin.; Cic. Att. 2, 11; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3; Liv. 34, 35 al.—
    b.
    Hence: dicere diem alicui, to impeach, lay an accusation against:

    diem mihi, credo, dixerat,

    Cic. Mil. 14, 36:

    Domitium Silano diem dixisse scimus,

    id. Div. in Caec. 20, 67.—
    2.
    A natural day, a day, as opp. to night: ut vel, quia est aliquid, aliud non sit, ut Dies est, nox non est; vel, quia est aliquid, et aliud sit: Sol est super terram, dies est, Quint. 5, 8, 7: pro di immortales, quis hic illuxit dies, Cic. Fragm. ap. Quint. 9, 4, 76:

    credibile non est, quantum scribam die, quin etiam noctibus,

    in the daytime, id. Att. 13, 26:

    negat ullum esse cibum tam gravem, quin is die et nocte concoquatur,

    in a single day and night, id. N. D. 2, 9, 24; cf.

    in this signif.: die ac nocte,

    Plin. 29, 6, 36, § 113:

    nocte et die,

    Liv. 25, 39;

    and simply die,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 4; Quint. 10, 3, 8; cf.

    also: currus rogat ille paternos, Inque diem alipedum jus et moderamen equorum,

    Ov. M. 2, 48; and, connected with nox:

    (Themistocles) diem noctemque procul ab insula in salo navem tenuit in ancoris,

    Nep. Them. 8 fin.; cf. Cic. Div. 2, 27, 59; Liv. 22, 1 fin. —But more freq.: diem noctemque, like our day and night, i. q. without ceasing, uninterruptedly; Caes. B. G. 7, 77, 11; 7, 42 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 62;

    for which less freq.: diem et noctem,

    Hirt. B. Hisp. 38, 1;

    diem ac noctem,

    Liv. 27, 4 and 45:

    noctemque diemque,

    Verg. A. 8, 94; cf. Quint. 9, 4, 23:

    continuate nocte ac die itinere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 11, 1; 3, 36, 8; and in plur.:

    dies noctesque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 49; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 113; Cic. Att. 7, 9 fin.; Nep. Dat. 4, 4 et saep.; also, reversing the order: noctesque diesque, Enn. ap. Cic. de Sen. 1, 1 (Ann. v. 338 ed. Vahl.); Hor. S. 1, 1, 76:

    noctesque et dies,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 52; id. Eun. 5, 8, 49:

    noctes atque dies,

    Lucr. 2, 12; 3, 62; Cic. Fin. 1, 16, 51; Verg. A. 6, 127 al.:

    noctes diesque,

    id. ib. 9, 488:

    noctes ac dies,

    Cic. Arch. 11, 29:

    noctes et dies,

    id. Brut. 90, 308; id. de Or. 1, 61, 260; id. Tusc. 5, 25 and 39; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 49; cf.

    also: neque noctem neque diem intermittit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 38:

    Galli dies... sic observant, ut noctem dies subsequatur,

    id. ib. 6, 18, 2 Herz ad loc. So, too, in gen.:

    qui nocte dieque frequentat Limina,

    Mart. 10, 58, 11:

    cum die,

    at break of day, Ov. M. 13, 677:

    orto die ( = orta luce),

    Tac. A. 1, 20; 1, 68; id. H. 2, 21:

    ante diem ( = ante lucem),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 35:

    dies fit, late Lat. for lucescit,

    Vulg. Luc. 22, 66: de die, in open day, broad day; v. de.—
    3.
    Dies alicujus (like the Heb. ; v. Gesen. Lex. s. h. v.).
    a.
    I. q. dies natalis, a birthday:

    diem meum scis esse III. Non. Jan. Aderis igitur,

    Cic. Att. 13, 42, 2; cf.

    in full: natali die tuo,

    id. ib. 9, 5 al. So the anniversary day of the foundation of a city is, dies natalis urbis, Cic. Div. 2, 47, 98.—
    b.
    I. q. dies mortis, dying-day:

    quandocumque fatalis et meus dies veniet statuarque tumulo,

    Tac. Or. 13 fin. Called, also: supremus dies. Suet. Aug. 99; id. Tib. 67; cf.:

    supremus vitae dies,

    Cic. de Sen. 21, 78; Suet. Aug. 61. Hence:

    diem suum obire,

    to die, Sulp. in Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2;

    and in the same sense: obire diem supremum,

    Nep. Milt. 7 fin.; id. Dion. 2 fin.; Suet. Claud. 1:

    exigere diem supremum,

    Tac. A. 3, 16:

    explere supremum diem,

    id. ib. 1, 6; 3, 76;

    and simply: obire diem,

    Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248; Suet. Tib. 4; id. Vesp. 1; id. Gr. 3; cf.

    also: fungi diem,

    Just. 19, 1, 1.—
    c.
    I. q. dies febris, fever-day: etsi Non. Mart., [p. 574] die tuo, ut opinor, exspectabam epistolam a te longiorem, Cic. Att. 9, 2 init.; 7, 8, 2 al.
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    In gen. (from no. I. A.).
    1.
    A day, for that which is done in it (cf. the Hebr., the Gr. eleutheron êmar, etc.):

    is dies honestissimus nobis fuerat in senatu,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 3:

    non tam dirus ille dies Sullanus C. Mario,

    id. Att. 10, 8, 7:

    equites Romanos daturos illius diei poenas,

    id. Sest. 12, 28:

    hic dies et Romanis refecit animos et Persea perculit,

    Liv. 42, 67 Drak.; cf. id. 9, 39 fin.; Vell. 2, 35 Ruhnk.; 2, 86; Just. 9, 3 fin.; Flor. 2, 6, 58 Duker.:

    imponite quinquaginta annis magnum diem,

    Tac. Agr. 34:

    quid pulchrius hac consuetudine excutiendi totum diem?... totum diem mecum scrutor, facta ac dicta mea remetior, etc., Sen. de Ira, 3, 36: dies Alliensis, i. q. pugna Alliensis,

    Liv. 6, 1; Suet. Vit. 11:

    Cannensis,

    Flor. 4, 12, 35 al. And so even of one's state of mind on any particular day:

    qualem diem Tiberius induisset,

    what humor, temper, Tac. A. 6, 20. —
    2.
    A day's journey:

    hanc regionem, dierum plus triginta in longitudinem, decem inter duo maria in latitudinem patentem,

    Liv. 38, 59; Just. 36, 2, 14 al.—
    3.
    In gen. (like, hêmera, and our day, for) time, space of time, period:

    diem tempusque forsitan ipsum leniturum iras,

    Liv. 2, 45;

    so with tempus,

    id. 22, 39; 42, 50: amorem intercapedine ipse lenivit dies, Turp. ap. Non. 522, 7;

    so in the masc. gender: longus,

    Stat. Th. 1, 638; Luc. 3, 139;

    but also longa,

    Plaut. Epid. 4, 1, 18; Plin. Ep. 8, 5 fin.; cf.

    perexigua,

    a brief respite, Cic. Verr. 1, 2 fin.:

    nulla,

    Ov. M. 4, 372 al.:

    ex ea die ad hanc diem quae fecisti, in judicium voco,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 12 fin.:

    ut infringatur hominum improbitas ipsa die, quae debilitat cogitationes, etc.,

    id. Fam. 1, 6; cf. id. ib. 7, 28 fin.; id. Tusc. 3, 22, 53 al.: indutiae inde, non pax facta;

    quarum et dies exierat, et ante diem rebellaverant,

    i. e. the term of the truce, Liv. 4, 30 fin.; 30, 24; 42, 47 fin. (for which: quia tempus indutiarum cum Veienti populo exierat, id. 4, 58).—Prov.:

    dies adimit aegritudinem,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 13: dies festus, festival-time, festival:—diem festum Dianae per triduum agi, Liv. 25, 23 et saep.:

    die lanam et agnos vendat,

    at the right time, Cato R. R. 150, 2:

    praesens quod fuerat malum, in diem abiit,

    to a future time, Ter. Ph. 5, 2, 16; so in diem, opp. statim, Q. Cic. Pet. cons. 12, 48;

    and simply in diem,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 48; Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 19; Cic. Cael. 24.—Esp. freq. in diem vivere, to live on from day to day, regardless of the future, Cic. de Or. 2, 40, 169; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 33; Plin. Ep. 5, 5, 4 et saep; cf. the equivoque with de die, under de.—
    B.
    In partic. (acc. to no. I. B. 2— poet., and in postAug. prose).
    1.
    Light of day, daylight:

    contraque diem radiosque micantes Obliquantem oculos,

    Ov. M. 7, 411; 5, 444; 13, 602:

    multis mensibus non cernitur dies,

    Plin. 33, 4, 21, § 70; Plin. Ep. 6, 20, 6; 9, 36, 2 al.; also of the eyesight, Stat. Th. 1, 237;

    and trop. of the conscience: saeva dies animi scelerumque in pectore Dirae,

    id. ib. 1, 52.—
    2.
    For caelum, the sky, the heavens:

    sub quocumque die, quocumque est sidere mundi,

    Luc. 7, 189; 1, 153:

    incendere diem nubes oriente remotae,

    id. 4, 68; 8, 217; Stat. Th. 1, 201.—Hence, like caelum,
    b.
    The weather:

    totumque per annum Durat aprica dies,

    Val. Fl. 1, 845:

    tranquillus,

    Plin. 2, 45, 44, § 115:

    mitis,

    id. 11, 10, 10, § 20:

    pestilens,

    id. 22, 23, 49, § 104.—
    3.
    The air:

    nigrique volumina fumi Infecere diem,

    Ov. M. 13, 600:

    cupio flatu violare diem,

    Claud. in Ruf. 1, 63.
    III.
    Dies personified.
    A.
    I. q. Sol, opp. Luna, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 21;

    coupled with Mensis and Annus,

    Ov. M. 2, 25.—
    B.
    As fem., the daughter of Chaos, and mother of Heaven and Earth, Hyg. Fab. praef.; of the first Venus, Cic. N. D. 3, 23, 59.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > dies

  • 12 broad

    bro:d
    1) (wide; great in size from side to side: a broad street.) ancho
    2) (from side to side: two metres broad.) de ancho
    3) (general; not detailed: We discussed the plans in broad outline.) general
    •
    - broadly
    - broad daylight
    - broad-minded
    - broadside on
    broad adj
    1. ancho
    2. amplio
    tr[brɔːd]
    1 (street, avenue) ancho,-a; (surface, water, plateau) extenso,-a
    2 figurative use (field of study, debate) amplio,-a
    3 (measurement) de ancho
    4 (general) general
    5 (main) principal
    6 (explicit) claro,-a
    7 (accent) marcado,-a, cerrado,-a
    8 (smile) abierto,-a
    9 (vowel) abierto,-a
    1 SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL familiar (woman) tía, gachí nombre femenino
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    in a broad sense en sentido amplio
    in the broadest sense of the word en el sentido más amplio de la palabra
    a broad outline un esquema general
    broad ['brɔd] adj
    1) wide: ancho
    2) spacious: amplio, extenso
    3) full: pleno
    in broad daylight: en pleno día
    4) obvious: claro, evidente
    5) tolerant: tolerante, liberal
    6) general: general
    7) essential: principal, esencial
    the broad outline: los rasgos esenciales
    adj.
    • amplio, -a adj.
    • ancho, -a adj.
    • anchuroso, -a adj.
    • comprensivo, -a adj.
    • desparramado, -a adj.
    • difuso, -a adj.
    • extenso, -a adj.
    • lato, -a adj.
    • marcado, -a adj.
    broad*
    n.
    • mujer n.f.

    I brɔːd
    1) < avenue> ancho; < valley> grande; < forehead> despejado, amplio; < grin> de oreja a oreja
    2)
    a) ( extensive) < syllabus> amplio; < interests> numeroso, variado
    b) ( general) <guidelines/conclusions> general
    3)
    a)

    a broad hint — una indirecta muy clara or (hum) muy directa

    b) < accent> cerrado

    II
    noun ( woman) (AmE sl) tipa f (fam), vieja f (Col, Méx, Ven fam)
    [brɔːd]
    1. ADJ
    (compar broader) (superl broadest)
    1) (=wide) [road] ancho, amplio; [shoulders] ancho; [forehead] despejado, amplio; [smile] de oreja a oreja, abierto liter

    to be broad in the shoulder — [person] ser ancho de hombros or de espaldas; [garment] ser ancho de hombros

    - be broad in the beam
    2) (=general, extensive) [outline, objectives, view] general
    3) (=wide-ranging) [education, syllabus] amplio; [range, spectrum] amplio, extenso; [mind] abierto
    4) (=unsubtle) [hint] claro
    5) (=strong) [accent] cerrado

    (in) broad Scots/Yorkshire — (con) un acento escocés/de Yorkshire cerrado

    6) (=coarse)

    broad humour — humor m ordinario or basto

    7)
    2. N
    1) (US) * tipa * f, tía f (Sp) *
    2) (=widest part)

    the (Norfolk) Broads — (Geog) área de estuarios en Norfolk

    3.
    CPD

    broad bean N — (esp Brit) haba f gruesa

    broad church N — (=organization) organización f abierta or liberal

    broad jump N — (US) salto m de longitud

    * * *

    I [brɔːd]
    1) < avenue> ancho; < valley> grande; < forehead> despejado, amplio; < grin> de oreja a oreja
    2)
    a) ( extensive) < syllabus> amplio; < interests> numeroso, variado
    b) ( general) <guidelines/conclusions> general
    3)
    a)

    a broad hint — una indirecta muy clara or (hum) muy directa

    b) < accent> cerrado

    II
    noun ( woman) (AmE sl) tipa f (fam), vieja f (Col, Méx, Ven fam)

    English-spanish dictionary > broad

  • 13 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 14 wide

    A adj
    1 ( broad) [river, opening, mouth] large ; [margin] grand ; how wide is your garden? quelle est la largeur de votre jardin? ; it's 30 cm wide il a 30 cm de large ; the river is 1 km across at its widest le fleuve a 1 km de large au point le plus large ; they're making the street wider ils élargissent la rue ; her eyes were wide with fear ses yeux étaient agrandis par la peur ;
    2 ( immense) [ocean, desert, sky] vaste ; he had no-one to talk to in the whole wide world il n'avait personne à qui parler en ce monde ;
    3 ( extensive) [variety, choice] grand ; [market] vaste ; a woman of wide interests une femme qui s'intéresse à beaucoup de choses ; a wide range of products une vaste gamme de produits ; a wide range of opinions/interests une grande variété d'opinions/de centres d'intérêt ; in the wide European context dans le plus vaste contexte européen ; in the widest sense of the word au sens le plus large du mot ;
    4 Sport [ball, shot] perdu.
    B adv to open one's eyes wide ouvrir grand les yeux ; his eyes are (set) wide apart il a les yeux très écartés ; open wide! ouvrez grand la bouche! ; to be wide of the mark [ball, dart] être à côté ; fig [guess] être loin de la vérité.
    C - wide (dans composés) a countrywide search une recherche menée dans tout le pays ; a nationwide survey un sondage à l'échelle nationale.

    Big English-French dictionary > wide

  • 15 habeo

    hăbĕo, ui, itum, 2 (archaic perf. subj. habessit, Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19; inf. haberier, Plaut. Mil. 2, 6, 111), v. a. and n. [etym. dub.; cf. Gr. kôpê, handle; Lat. capio; Germ. haben, Haft; Engl. have], to have, in the widest sense of the word, to hold, keep, possess, cherish, entertain, occupy, enclose, contain (cf.: teneo, possideo, etc.).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    Of personal subjects.
    1.
    With persons or things as objects: SI INTESTATO MORITVR, CVI SVVS HERES NEC SIT, AGNATVS PROXIMVS FAMILIAM HABETO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Ulp. Fragm. 26, 1: ex tui animi sententia tu uxorem habes? Cato ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 260; cf.:

    aliquam habere in matrimonio, Cic. Scaur. § 8: ipsum ex Helvetiis uxorem habere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18, 6:

    si et prudentes homines et non veteres reges habere voluerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 37 fin.:

    quae cum patrem clarissimum, amplissimos patruos, ornatissimum fratrem haberet,

    id. Rosc. Am. 50, 147:

    cum ille haberet filium delicatiorem,

    id. de Or. 2, 64, 257:

    quod non ingenuous habeat clarosque parentes,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 91:

    habebat saepe ducentos, saepe decem servos,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 11:

    fundum habere, Cic. Tull. § 14: cur pecuniam non habeat mulier?

    id. Rep. 3, 10:

    tantas divitias habet,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 99; so,

    aurum,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 35; and:

    vectigalia magna Divitiasque,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:

    tantum opum,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 48:

    classes,

    id. Phil. 9, 2, 4:

    naves,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 40, § 104:

    denique sit finis quaerendi, cumque habeas plus, Pauperiem metuas minus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 92:

    tacitus pasci si posset corvus, haberet Plus dapis,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 50:

    Dionysii equus quid attulit admirationis, quod habuit apes in juba?

    Cic. Div. 2, 31, 67: faenum habet in cornu;

    longe fuge,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 34:

    leges in monumentis habere,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 14:

    hostis habet muros,

    Verg. A. 2, 290:

    hostis habet portus,

    Val. Fl. 3, 45 al.:

    quam vellem Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10:

    Ciceronem secum,

    id. Att. 4, 9, 2; cf.:

    ea legione, quam secum habebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8, 1:

    secum senatorem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 31, § 77; cf.

    also: magnum numerum equitatus circum se,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18, 5:

    haec si habeat aurum, quod illi renumeret, faciat lubens,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 12; cf.:

    quid non habuisti quod dares? Habuisse se dicet, Cic. Scaur. § 19: quod non desit, habentem,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 52:

    qui in foro turbaque, quicum colloqui libeat, non habeant,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17.—
    2.
    With abstr. objects: quid illos, bono genere gnatos, opinanimi animi habuisse atque habituros dum vivent? Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17:

    quod uno et eodem temporis puncto nati dissimiles et naturas et vitas et casus habent,

    Cic. Div. 2, 45, 95:

    febrim,

    id. Fam. 7, 26, 1:

    instrumenta animi,

    id. Rep. 3, 3:

    nec vero habere virtutem satis est, quasi artem aliquam, nisi utare,

    id. ib. 1, 2:

    in populos perpetuam potestatem,

    id. ib. 2, 27; cf.:

    in populum vitae necisque potestatem,

    id. ib. 3, 14; so,

    potestatem,

    id. ib. 2, 29; 32;

    36: eo plus auctoritatis,

    id. ib. 3, 16:

    ornamenta dicendi,

    id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:

    summam prudentiam summamque vim dicendi,

    id. ib. 1, 20, 89:

    Q. Lucilius Balbus tantos progressus habebat in Stoicis, ut, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 6, 15:

    neque quem usum belli haberent aut quibus institutis uterentur, reperiri poterat,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 20 fin.:

    nonnullam invidiam ex eo, quod, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 283: nimiam spem, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 17, 1:

    spem in fide alicujus,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 71; cf.:

    tantum spei ad vivendum,

    id. Att. 15, 20, 2; id. N. D. 3, 6, 14; cf.

    also: summam spem de aliquo,

    id. Lael. 3, 11:

    odium in equestrem ordinem,

    id. Clu. 55, 151:

    metum,

    Prop. 3, 11 (4, 10), 6: consolationem [p. 834] semper in ore atque in animo, Cic. Fam. 5, 16, 2; cf. Varr. L. L. 6, § 56 Mull.:

    rogavi, ut diceret, quid haberet in animo,

    Cic. Att. 8, 10:

    neque modum neque modestiam victores habere,

    observe no bounds, Sall. C. 11, 4;

    v. modus: haec habebam fere, quae te scire vellem,

    Cic. Att. 1, 6; cf.:

    haec habui de amicitia quae dicerem,

    this is what I had to say, id. Lael. 27 fin.: fidem, gratiam, honorem, rationem; v. these nouns.—In a play on the word lumen: Arge, jaces; quodque in tot lumina lumen habebas Exstinctum est, the light for so many lights ( eyes), Ov. M. 1, 720.—
    (β).
    With inf. (analog. to the Gr. echô), to have something to do, be able to do something:

    habeo etiam dicere quem contra morem majorum dejecerit, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 35, 100:

    de re publica nihil habeo ad te scribere,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 6.—So with inf. or with the part. fut. pass. (ante-class. and post-Aug.), to have or be obliged to do something, I must do something:

    rogas, ut id mihi habeam curare,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 1, 2:

    filius hominis, quod carne indui haberet in terra,

    Lact. 4, 12, 15:

    habemus humiliare eum in signo,

    id. 4, 18, 22:

    quod plurimae haereses haberent existere,

    id. 4, 30, 2:

    etiam Filius Dei mori habuit,

    Tert. Hab. Mul. 1:

    si inimicos jubemur diligere, quem habemus odisse?

    id. Apol. 37:

    de spatiis ordinum eatenus praecipiendum habemus, ut intelligant agricolae, etc.,

    Col. 5, 5, 3:

    praesertim cum enitendum haberemus, ut, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 12:

    si nunc primum statuendum haberemus,

    Tac. A. 14, 44:

    cum respondendum haberent,

    id. Or. 36.—
    B.
    Of inanim. or abstr. subjects:

    prima classis LXXXVIII. centurias habeat,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 22:

    locus ille nihil habet religionis,

    id. Leg. 2, 22, 57:

    humani animi eam partem, quae sensum habeat,

    id. Div. 1, 32, 70:

    animus incorruptus agit atque habet cuncta, neque ipse habetur,

    Sall. J. 2, 3:

    divinus animus mortale nihil habuit, Cic. Scaur. § 50: habet statum res publica de tribus secundarium,

    id. Rep. 1, 42; cf.:

    nullum est genus illarum rerum publicarum, quod non habeat iter ad finitimum quoddam malum,

    id. ib. 1, 28:

    ipsa aequabilitas est iniqua, cum habeat nullos gradus dignitatis,

    id. ib. 1, 27:

    nulla alia in civitate...ullum domicilium libertas habet,

    id. ib. 1, 31:

    nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,

    id. ib. 1, 4; cf.:

    viri excellentis ancipites variique casus habent admirationem,

    id. Fam. 5, 12, 5:

    habet etiam amoenitas ipsa illecebras multas cupiditatum,

    id. Rep. 2, 4:

    quid habet illius carminis simile haec oratio?

    id. ib. 1, 36:

    magnam habet vim disciplina verecundiae,

    id. ib. 4, 6 et saep.:

    quomodo habere dicimur febrem, cum illa nos habeat,

    Sen. Ep. 119 med.; cf.:

    animalia somnus habebat,

    Verg. A. 3, 147; Ov. M. 7, 329:

    me somno gravatum Infelix habuit thalamus,

    Verg. A. 6, 521; cf.:

    non me impia namque Tartara habent,

    id. ib. 5, 734:

    habentque Tartara Panthoiden,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 9:

    qui (metus) major absentes habet,

    id. Epod. 1, 18; Sen. Const. Sap. 7:

    et habet mortalia casus,

    Luc. 2, 13:

    terror habet vates,

    Stat. Th. 3, 549.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Pregn., to have or possess property (mostly absol.):

    miserum istuc verbum et pessumum'st, habuisse et nihil habere,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 34; cf. Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 10: qui habet, ultro appetitur: qui est pauper, aspernatur, Cic. Fragm. ap. Prisc. p. 792 P.:

    habet idem in nummis, habet idem in urbanis praediis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 86, § 199; so,

    in nummis,

    id. Att. 8, 10:

    in Salentinis aut in Brutiis,

    i. e. to have possessions, id. Rosc. Am. 46, 132; cf. id. Verr. 2, 5, 18, § 45: nos quod simus, quod habeamus, etc., Curius ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29, 1:

    et belli rabies et amor successit habendi,

    Verg. A. 8, 327; cf.:

    amore senescit habendi,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 85; Phaedr. 3 prol. 21; Juv. 14, 207: quid habentibus auri nunquam exstincta sitis? Sil. 5, 264; so, habentes = hoi echontes, the wealthy, Lact. 5, 8, 7. —
    2. (α).
    With an objectclause:

    de Alexandrina re tantum habeo polliceri, me tibi cumulate satisfacturum,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, 3:

    de re publica nihil habeo ad te scribere,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 6:

    haec fere dicere habui de natura deorum,

    this is the substance of what I had to say, id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; cf.:

    quid habes igitur dicere de Gaditano foedere?

    id. Balb. 14, 33:

    habeo etiam dicere, quem de ponte in Tiberim dejecerit,

    id. Rosc. Am. 35, 100:

    illud affirmare pro certo habeo, etc.,

    Liv. 44, 22, 4:

    sic placet, an melius quis habet suadere?

    Hor. Epod. 16, 23.—
    (β).
    With a relat.-clause (usually with a negative: non habeo, quid faciam;

    or: nihil habeo, quod faciam, dicam, etc.): de quibus habeo ipse, quid sentiam: non habeo autem, quid tibi assentiar,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 25, 64:

    de pueris quid agam, non habeo,

    id. Att. 7, 19:

    usque eo quid arguas non habes,

    id. Rosc. Am. 15, 45:

    quid huic responderet, non habebat,

    id. Mur. 12, 26:

    nec quid faceret habebat,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 51; id. Off. 2, 2, 7:

    qui, quo se reciperent, non haberent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 38, 2:

    nihil habeo, quod ad te scribam,

    Cic. Att. 7, 19:

    nil habeo, quod agam,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 19; and:

    nihil habeo, quod cum amicitia Scipionis possim comparare,

    Cic. Lael. 27, 103.—
    B.
    To have in use, make use of, use (very rare, for the usual uti, opp. abuti):

    anulus in digito subter tenuatur habendo,

    i. e. by use, by wearing, Lucr. 1, 312; cf.:

    aera nitent usu: vestis bona quaerit haberi,

    Ov. Am. 1, 8, 51:

    quippe quas (divitias) honeste habere licebat, abuti per turpitudinem properabant,

    Sall. C. 13, 2 Kritz; cf.:

    magnae opes innocenter paratae et modeste habitae,

    Tac. A. 4, 44.—Hence,
    2.
    To hold, use, wield, handle, manage:

    nec inmensa barbarorum scuta, enormis hastas, inter truncos arborum perinde haberi quam pila,

    Tac. A. 2, 14.— Trop.:

    quo modo rem publicam habuerint (majores), disserere,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; cf.:

    reipublicae partes,

    Tac. A. 4, 6 init. —
    C.
    To hold or keep a person or thing in any condition; to have, hold, or regard in any light:

    aliquem in obsidione,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 31, 3:

    aliquem in liberis custodiis,

    Sall. C. 47, 3; so,

    aliquem in custodiis,

    id. ib. 52, 14:

    aliquem in vinculis,

    id. ib. 51 fin.;

    for which also: in custodiam habitus,

    i. e. put into prison and kept there, Liv. 22, 25; Tac. H. 1, 87; cf.:

    quo facilius omne Hadriaticum mare in potestatem haberet,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 25 Oud. N. cr. (al. in potestate):

    cum talem virum in potestatem habuisset,

    Sall. J. 112 fin. Kritz N. cr.:

    quae res eos in magno diuturnoque bello inter se habuit,

    id. ib. 79, 3:

    alios in ea fortuna haberent, ut socii esse quam cives mallent,

    Liv. 26, 24:

    aegros in tenebris,

    Cels. 3, 18:

    aquam caelestem sub dio in sole,

    Col. 12, 12, 1:

    in otio militem,

    Liv. 39, 2, 6; cf.:

    legiones habebantur per otium,

    Tac. H. 1, 31:

    externa sine cura habebantur,

    id. A. 1, 79 init.:

    exercitus sine imperio et modestia habitus,

    Sall. J. 44, 1:

    quos ille postea magno in honore habuit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 77, 2;

    for which: quos praecipuo semper honore Caesar habuit,

    id. B. G. 5, 54, 4:

    habeo Junium (mensem) et Quintilem in metu,

    i. e. I fear, Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14.— So with an adj. or a perf. part., to denote a lasting condition:

    ita me mea forma habet sollicitum,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 95 Lorenz; id. Men. 4, 2, 12; 21:

    miserrimum ego hunc habebo amasium,

    id. Cas. 3, 3, 27 al.:

    laetum Germanicum,

    Tac. A. 2, 57; 65:

    sollicitum habebat cogitatio,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 1; 2, 16, 2.—Hence,
    2.
    With a double object, esp. freq. with the part. perf. pass., to have, hold, or possess a person or thing in any quality or capacity, as any thing; to have, hold, or possess an action as completed, finished (a pregn. circumlocution for the perf.):

    cum haberet collegam in praetura Sophoclem,

    Cic. Off. 1, 40, 144; cf. Quint. 10, 1, 93:

    an heredem habuerit eum, a quo, etc.,

    id. 7, 2, 37:

    istaec illum perdidit assentatio, nam absque te esset, ego illum haberem rectum ad ingenium bonum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 8:

    cur ergo unus tu Apollonidenses miseriores habes quam pater tuus habuit umquam?

    Cic. Fl. 29, 71:

    obvium habuerunt patrem,

    Quint. 7, 1, 29:

    reliquas civitates stipendiarias,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 30, 3:

    quod (cognomen) habes hereditarium,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 11:

    quae habuit venalia,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 62, § 144; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 11, 1:

    qui auro habeat soccis suppactum solum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 98:

    me segregatum habuisse, uxorem ut duxit, a me Pamphilum,

    have kept him away, aloof, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 25; cf.:

    inclusum in curia senatum habuerunt,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 8:

    (Romulus) habuit plebem in clientelas principum descriptam,

    id. Rep. 2, 9: satis mihi videbar habere cognitum Scaevolam ex iis rebus, quas, etc., id. Brut. 40, 147; cf.:

    si nondum eum satis habes cognitum,

    id. Fam. 13, 17, 3; ib. 15, 20 fin.: fidem spectatam jam et diu cognitam, id. Div. ap. Caecil. 4, 11:

    decumas ad aquam deportatas,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36:

    domitas habere libidines,

    id. de Or. 1, 43, 194:

    omnes philosophiae notos et tractatos locos,

    id. Or. 33, 118; id. Rep. 2, 6:

    innumerabilia, quae collecta habent Stoici,

    id. Div. 2, 70, 145: quantum in acie tironi sit committendum, nimium saepe expertum habemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 3:

    quare velim ita statutum habeas, me, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 2, 1: habeo absolutum suave epos ad Caesarem, id. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 6:

    in adversariis scriptum habere (nomen),

    id. Rosc. Com. 3, 9:

    de Caesare satis dictum habebo,

    id. Phil. 5, 19, 52:

    bellum habere susceptum,

    id. Agr. 2, 6, 14:

    quam (domum) tu iam dimensam et exaedificatam animo habebas,

    id. Att. 1, 6, 1:

    ut omnes labores, pericula consueta habeam,

    Sall. J. 85, 7:

    compertum ego habeo,

    id. Cat. 58, 1; cf. Nep. Att. 17 fin.; 18, 1: neque ea res falsum ( part. perf. pass.) me habuit, Sall. J. 10, 1 al. From this use is derived the compound perf. of the Romance languages: ho veduto, j'ai vu, qs. habeo visum, I have seen).—
    3.
    Also, with a double object, to make, render:

    praecipit ut dent operam, uti eos quam maxime manifestos habeant,

    Sall. C. 41, 5:

    qui pascua publica infesta habuerant,

    Liv. 39, 29, 9; 34, 36, 3:

    necdum omnia edita facinora habent,

    id. 39, 16, 3; 31, 42, 1:

    anxium me et inquietum habet petitio Sexti,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 9, 1:

    sed Pompeium gratia impunitum habuit,

    kept, Vell. 2, 1, 5.—
    4.
    Hence:

    in aliquo (aliqua re), aliquem (aliquid) habere (rare): ea si fecissem, in vestra amicitia exercitum, divitias, munimenta regni me habiturum,

    Sall. J. 14, 1:

    in vobis liberos, parentes, consanguineos habeo,

    Curt. 6, 9, 12:

    majora in eo obsequia habiturus,

    Just. 8, 6, 6; cf. Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 5.—
    5.
    To have or hold a person in any manner, to treat, use:

    is, uti tu me hic habueris, proinde illum illic curaverit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 64:

    equitatu agmen adversariorum male habere et carpere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 63, 2; cf. Cels. 3, 20; 3, 21:

    exercitum luxuriose nimisque liberaliter habere,

    Sall. C. 11, 5 Kritz; cf.:

    eos ille non pro vanis hostibus, ut meriti erant, sed accurate et liberaliter habuit,

    id. J. 103, 5; 113, 2:

    Fabiis plurimi (saucii) dati, nec alibi majore cura habiti,

    Liv. 2, 47, 12; 29, 8, 6; 37, 34, 5:

    video quam molliter tuos habeas,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 19, 1:

    militant vobiscum, qui superbe habiti rebellassent,

    Curt. 8, 8, 11:

    virgines tam sancte habuit,

    id. 3, 12, 21; 4, 10, 33:

    male habere aliquem,

    Nep. Eum. 12, 1:

    neque conjugem et filium ejus hostiliter haberi,

    Tac. A. 2, 10.—
    6.
    With se, and sometimes mid. or neut., to hold or keep himself or itself in a certain manner, i. e. to be constituted or situated, to find one's self, to be, in any manner.
    (α).
    Habere se:

    Tironem Patris aegrum reliqui...et quamquam videbatur se non graviter habere, tamen sum sollicitus, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 7, 2, 3:

    praeclare te habes, cum, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149:

    ipsi se hoc melius habent quam nos, quod, etc.,

    id. Att. 11, 7, 4:

    Bene habemus nos,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 1:

    ego me bene habeo,

    am well, Tac. A. 14, 51: praeclare se res habeat ( is well), si, etc., Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 114:

    male se res habet, cum, quod virtute effici debet, id tentatur pecunia,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 22; cf. id. de Or. 2, 77, 313:

    quae cum ita se res haberet, tamen, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 50, § 124; cf.:

    ita se res habet, ut ego, etc.,

    id. Quint. 1, 2:

    sic profecto res se habet,

    id. de Or. 2, 67, 271:

    scire aveo, quomodo res se habeat,

    id. Att. 13, 35, 2; cf. id. de Or. 2, 32, 140:

    ut se tota res habeat,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 5, § 15; cf.:

    ut meae res sese habent,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 4, 1.—
    (β).
    Mid.:

    virtus clara aeternaque habetur,

    exhibits itself, is, continues, Sall. C. 1, 4:

    sicuti pleraque mortalium habentur,

    as for the most part happens in human affairs, id. ib. 6, 3.—
    (γ).
    Neutr. (as also the Gr echô): Tullia nostra recte valet: Terentia minus belle habuit, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9, 1:

    volui animum tandem confirmare hodie meum, Ut bene haberem filiae nuptiis,

    I might enjoy myself, Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 2: qui bene habet suisque amicis est volup, id. [p. 835] Mil. 3, 1, 130:

    bene habent tibi principia,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 82:

    bene habet: jacta sunt fundamenta defensionis,

    it is well, Cic. Mur. 6, 14; Liv. 8, 6:

    magnum narras, vix credibile! atqui sic habet,

    so it is, it is even so, Hor. S. 1, 9, 53: illasce sues sanas esse habereque recte licere spondesne? Formula emendi, ap. Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 5; 2, 3, 5.—
    D.
    To hold, account, esteem, consider, regard a person or thing in any manner or as any thing; to think or believe a person or thing to be so or so:

    aliquem fidelem sibi habere,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 87:

    deos aeternos et beatos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 17, 45:

    id habent hodie vile et semper habuerunt,

    id. Balb. 22, 51:

    maximam illam voluptatem habemus, quae, etc.,

    id. Fin. 1, 11, 37:

    eum nos ut perveterem habemus... nec vero habeo quemquam antiquiorem,

    id. Brut. 15, 61:

    Ut et rex et pater habereter omnium,

    id. Rep. 1, 36; 2, 21:

    parentem Asiae et dici et haberi,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10 fin.:

    eos dicit esse habitos deos, a quibus, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 15, 38:

    cum esset habendus rex, quicumque genere regio natus esset,

    id. Rep. 1, 33; cf. id. ib. 2, 12 fin.: non habeo nauci Marsum augurem, Poet. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132:

    cujus auctoritas in iis regionibus magni habebatur,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 21, 7:

    nihil pensi habere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 29; cf.

    also: an perinde habenda sit haec atque illa,

    id. 7, 3, 11:

    sese illum non pro amico, sed pro hoste habiturum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44, 19; so,

    aliquem pro hoste,

    Liv. 2, 20; Curt. 6, 2 al.:

    nisi in provincia relictas rationes pro relatis haberem,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 2:

    licet omnia Italica pro Romanis habeam,

    Quint. 1, 5, 56; 12, 10, 73:

    istuc jam pro facto habeo,

    Cic. Att. 13, 1, 2:

    Pompeium pro certo habemus per Illyricum proficisci in Galliam,

    to consider as certain, id. ib. 10, 6 fin.:

    id obliviscendum, pro non dicto habendum,

    Liv. 23, 22, 9:

    hoc velim in maximis rebus et maxime necessariis habeas,

    Cic. Att. 5, 5 fin.:

    aliquem in deorum numero,

    id. N. D. 1, 14, 36:

    aliquem in hostium numero,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 28, 1:

    aliquem suorum In numero,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 41;

    for which also: hostium numero haberi,

    Cic. Att. 11, 6, 6:

    numero impiorum ac sceleratorum haberi,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 13, 7; cf. also Quint. 3, 7, 2:

    quem Aegyptii nefas habent nominare,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 22, 56:

    mutare nefas habent,

    Quint. 12, 8, 6:

    nec tamen est habendum religioni, nocentem aliquando defendere,

    to scruple, make a conscience of, Cic. Off. 2, 14, 51; cf.:

    nec eam rem habuit religioni,

    id. Div. 1, 35, 77:

    quando tu me bene merentem tibi habes despicatui,

    you despise, Plaut. Men. 4, 3, 19:

    non sic ludibrio tuis factis habitus essem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 11.—Hence: sic habeto, or sic habeas aliquid, or with an object-clause, hold or judge thus, be convinced or persuaded, believe, know:

    sed hoc nihil ad te: illud velim sic habeas, uod intelliges, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 2:

    unum hoc sic habeto: si, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 6 fin.:

    sic habeto: omnibus, etc.,

    id. Rep. 6, 13:

    enitere et sic habeto, non esse te mortalem, sed corpus hoc,

    id. ib. 6, 24; so with an object-clause, id. Fam. 2, 10, 1; 16, 4, 4.—Without sic:

    id primum ergo habeto, non sine magna causa, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 29, 2:

    tantum habeto, civem egregium esse Pompeium, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 2.—
    2.
    To take, accept, bear, submit to, endure:

    neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur: multi eas gravius aequo habuere,

    Sall. C. 51, 11:

    egestas facile habetur sine damno,

    id. ib. 6, 37:

    quae in praesens Tiberius civiliter habuit, sed, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 21:

    neque tantum maleficium impune habendum,

    id. ib. 3, 70;

    12, 48: nec ita aegre habuit filium id pro parente ausum,

    Liv. 7, 5, 7 Weissenb.—
    E.
    To hold, have possession of, occupy, a place:

    urbem Romam condidere atque habuere initio Trojani,

    Sall. C. 6, 1:

    qui mortales initio Africam habuerint,

    id. J. 17, 7; 18, 1; cf.

    Siciliam et Sardiniam per legatos habuit,

    rule, administer, Flor. 4, 2, 22:

    urbem Romanam a principio reges habuere,

    Tac. A. 1, 1:

    Hispaniae tribus legionibus habebantur,

    id. ib. 4, 5; 12, 54.—
    2.
    More freq. neutr., to dwell, live anywhere (perh. only ante-class.; in good prose habito is used instead): quae Corinthum arcem altam habetis, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 294 Vahl.):

    ille geminus qui Syracusis habet,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 69: quis istic habet? id. Bacch. 1, 2, 6:

    ubi nunc adulescens habet?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 156:

    apud aedem Junonis Lucinae, ubi aeditumus habere solet,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 50 Mull.; cf.:

    situm formamque et universorum castrorum et partium, qua Poeni, qua Numidae haberent...specularentur,

    Liv. 30, 4, 2 (but v. Weissenb. ad loc.).—
    F.
    To spend, pass (time, etc.):

    aetatem procul a republica,

    Sall. C. 4, 1:

    vitam,

    id. ib. 51, 12 al.—
    G.
    To have in one's mind, to know, be acquainted with:

    siquidem istius regis (Anci) matrem habemus, ignoramus patrem,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 18 fin.: habes consilia nostra;

    nunc cognosce de Bruto,

    there you have, such are, id. Att. 5, 21, 10:

    habetis igitur primum ortum tyranni,

    id. Rep. 2, 27:

    habetis sermonem bene longum hominis,

    id. de Or. 2, 88, 361; cf.

    also: habes nostras sententias,

    Suet. Claud. 4:

    habes, quae fortissime de beata vita dici putem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 28 fin.; cf. id. de Or. 2, 71, 291. —
    H.
    To have as a habit, peculiarity, or characteristic:

    habebat hoc omnino Caesar: quem plane perditum aere alieno egentemque cognorat, hunc in familiaritatem libentissime recipiebat,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 32, 78; id. Pis. 32, 81.—
    K.
    To hold, to make, do, perform, prepare, utter, pronounce, produce, cause:

    alium quaerebam, iter hac habui,

    made, directed, Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 35; cf.:

    ex urbe profectus iter ad legiones habebat,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 14, 3; so,

    iter,

    id. ib. 1, 51, 1; 3, 11, 2; 3, 106, 1; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 6, 2:

    vias,

    Luc. 2, 439:

    C. Cato contionatus est, comitia haberi non siturum, si, etc.,

    to be held, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 6, 6:

    senatum,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 3; id. Fam. 1, 4, 1; Caes. B. C. 1, 2, 1:

    concilia,

    id. B. G. 5, 53, 4:

    contionem,

    Cic. Att. 4, 1, 6:

    censum,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 55, § 138:

    delectum (militum),

    id. Phil. 5, 12, 31; id. Fam. 15, 1 fin.; Caes. B. G. 6, 1;

    v. delectus: ludos,

    Suet. Rhet. 1:

    sermonem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; cf.:

    orationem,

    to deliver, id. Rep. 1, 46:

    multis verbis ultro citroque habitis,

    id. ib. 6, 9 fin.:

    disputationem,

    id. ib. 1, 7; Caes. B. G. 5, 30, 1:

    dialogum,

    Cic. Att. 2, 9, 1:

    verba,

    id. de Or. 2, 47, 190:

    querelam de aliquo apud aliquem,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 1, § 2:

    controversiam de fundo cum aliquo,

    id. Fam. 13, 69, 2 et saep.:

    deinde adventus in Syriam primus equitatus habuit interitum,

    caused, occasioned, Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 9; cf. id. Div. 2, 46, 96:

    latrocinia nullam habent infamiam, quae extra fines cujusque civitatis fiunt,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 23, 6.—
    L.
    Habere in animo (or simply animo), with an objectclause, to have in mind, to intend, to be disposed, inclined to do any thing (=propositum habere, constituisse, decrevisse):

    istum exheredare in animo habebat,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 18, 52; id. Att. 1, 17, 11:

    hoc (flumen) neque ipse transire in animo habebat neque hostes transituros existimabat,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 7, 5:

    neque bello eum invadere animo habuit,

    Liv. 44, 25, 1 dub (al. in animo), v. Drak. ad h. l.—
    M.
    Habere sibi or secum aliquid, to keep to one's self (lit. and trop.):

    clamare coeperunt, sibi ut haberet hereditatem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 19, § 47:

    per vindicationem his verbis legamus: DO LEGO, CAPITO, SUMITO, SIBI HABETO,

    Ulp. Fragm. 24, 3; cf. ib. § 5; Gai. Inst. 2, 209.—So the formula used in divorces:

    res tuas tibi habeas or habe,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 47; Sen. Suas. 1, § 7:

    illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit ex duodecim tabulis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69. —Comic. transf.:

    apage sis amor: tuas tibi res habeto,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 32.— Trop.:

    secreto hoc audi, tecum habeto, ne Apellae quidem liberto tuo dixeris,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 25, 2:

    verum haec tu tecum habeto,

    id. Att. 4, 15, 6.—
    N.
    Of a sweetheart, to have, to possess, enjoy:

    postquam nos Amaryllis habet, Galatea reliquit,

    Verg. E. 1, 31; Tib. 1, 2, 65; Prop. 3, 8 (4, 7), 22:

    duxi, habui scortum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 6; Ter. And. 1, 1, 58: cum esset objectum, habere eum Laida;

    habeo, inquit, non habeor a Laide,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2.—
    O.
    Gladiatorial t. t., of a wounded combatant: hoc habet or habet, he has that (i. e. that stroke), he is hit:

    desuper altus equo graviter ferit atque ita fatur: Hoc habet,

    Verg. A. 12, 296; Prud. Psych. 53.—
    2.
    Transf.:

    hoc habet: reperi, qui senem ducerem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 26; id. Rud. 4, 4, 99: egomet continuo mecum;

    Certe captus est! Habet!

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 56 (id est vulneratus est. Habet enim qui percussus est: et proprie de gladiatoribus dicitur, Don.).—Hence: hăbĭtus, a, um, P. a., held or kept in a certain condition, state, humor (ante-class.).
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    Lit.: equus nimis strigosus et male habitus, Massur. Sabin. ap. Gell. 4, 20, 11; v. in the foll.—
    2.
    Trop.:

    ut patrem tuum vidi esse habitum, diu etiam duras (lites) dabit,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 22.—
    B.
    In partic., physically, well kept, well conditioned, fleshy, corpulent:

    corpulentior videre atque habitior,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 8:

    si qua (virgo) est habitior paulo, pugilem esse aiunt, deducunt cibum,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 23: (censores) equum nimis strigosum et male habitum, sed equitem ejus uberrimum et habitissimum viderunt, etc., Massur. Sabin. ap. Gell. 4, 20, 11.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > habeo

  • 16 malus

    1.
    mălus, a, um, adj. [Sanscr. mala, dirt; Gr. melas, black; cf. macula; Germ. mal in Mutter-mal, etc.].— Comp.: pējor, pejus.— Sup.: pessimus, a, um, bad, in the widest sense of the word (opp. bonus), evil, wicked, injurious, destructive, mischievous, hurtful; of personal appearance, ill-looking, ugly, deformed; of weight, bad, light; of fate, evil, unlucky, etc.:

    malus et nequam homo,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 1:

    pessima puella,

    Cat. 36, 9; 55, 10:

    delituit mala,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 9:

    philosophi minime mali illi quidem, sed non satis acuti,

    Cic. Off. 3, 9, 23:

    malam opinionem habere de aliquo,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 24, § 59:

    consuetudo,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 36:

    conscientia,

    Quint. 12, 1, 3:

    mens,

    id. ib.:

    mores,

    Sall. C. 18:

    fures,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 77:

    Furiae,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 135:

    virus,

    Verg. G. 1, 129:

    cicuta,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 56:

    libido,

    Liv. 1, 57:

    falx,

    Verg. E. 3, 11:

    gramina,

    id. A. 2, 471: carmen, i. e. an incantation, Leg. XII. Tab. ap. Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 17:

    abi in malam rem,

    go and be hanged! Ter. And. 2, 1, 17:

    pugna,

    unsuccessful, adverse, Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; Sall. J. 56:

    avis,

    i. e. ill-boding, Hor. C. 1, 15, 5; cf. id. ib. 3, 6, 46:

    ales,

    id. Epod. 10, 1: aetas, burdensome, i. e. senectus, Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 4:

    haud mala est mulier,

    not badlooking, id. Bacch. 5, 2, 42:

    facies,

    Quint. 6, 3, 32; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 43:

    crus,

    i. e. deformed, Hor. S. 1, 2, 102:

    pondus,

    i. e. light, deficient, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 156.—Of the sick:

    in malis aeger est,

    in great danger, Cels. 3, 15 fin.:

    tempus a quo omnis aeger pejor fiat,

    id. 3, 5 med.:

    eo tempore fere pessimi sunt qui aegrotant,

    id. ib. —In neutr. sing., as adv.:

    ne gallina malum responset dura palato,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 18.— Comp.: pejor, worse:

    via,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96.—Hence,
    1.
    mă-lum, i, n., any thing bad, an evil, mischief, misfortune, calamity, etc.
    A.
    In gen.:

    orarem, ut ei, quod posses mali facere, faceres,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 25:

    quam sit bellum, cavere malum,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    nihil enim mali accidisse Scipioni puto,

    id. Lael. 3, 10:

    hostes inopinato malo turbati,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12:

    externum, i. e. bellum,

    Nep. Hamilc. 21:

    ne in cotidianam id malum vertat, i. e. febris,

    Cels. 3, 15:

    hoc malo domitos potius cultores agrorum fore, quam, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 34, 11.—
    B.
    In partic.
    (α).
    Punishment; hurt, harm, severity, injury:

    malo domandam tribuniciam potestatem,

    Liv. 2, 54, 10:

    malo exercitum coërcere,

    Sall. J. 100, 5:

    sine malo,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 81; so Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 45; Liv. 4, 49, 11:

    vi, malo, plagis adductus est, ut frumenti daret,

    ill-usage, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:

    amanti amoenitas malo est: nobis lucro est,

    is hurtful, injurious, Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 5:

    clementiam illi malo fuisse,

    was injurious, unfortunate, Cic. Att. 14, 22, 1: malo hercle magno suo convivat sine modo, to his own [p. 1105] hurt, Enn. ap. Non. 474, 23 (Sat. v. 1 Vahl.):

    olet homo quidam malo suo,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 165:

    male merenti bona es: at malo cum tuo,

    to your own hurt, id. As. 1, 3, 3.—
    (β).
    Wrong-doing:

    causae, quae numquam malo defuturae sunt, Sen. de Ira, 1, 16, 3: sperans famam exstingui veterum sic posse malorum,

    Verg. A. 6, 527; Anthol. Lat. 1, 178.—
    (γ).
    As a term of abuse, plague, mischief, torment:

    quid tu, malum, me sequere?

    Plaut. Cas. 1, 3:

    qui, malum, alii?

    Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:

    quae, malum, est ista tanta audacia?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 20, § 54; so id. Off. 2, 15, 53; Curt. 8, 14, 41.—
    (δ).
    As an exclamation, alas! misery! Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 16; id. Men. 2, 3, 37 Brix ad loc.—
    2.
    măle, adv., badly, ill, wrongly, wickedly, unfortunately, erroneously, improperly, etc.: dubitas, quin lubenter tuo ero meus, quod possiet facere, faciat male? will do all the harm to him, etc., Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 66: si iste Italiam relinquet, faciet omnino male, et, ut ego existimo, alogistôs, will act altogether unwisely, Attic. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 10:

    di isti Segulio male faciant,

    do harm to him, punish him, Cic. Fam. 11, 21, 1:

    o factum male de Alexione!

    id. Att. 15, 1, 1:

    male velle alicui,

    to wish ill, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 13:

    Karthagini male jamdiu cogitanti bellum multo ante denuntio, cogitare de aliquo,

    Cic. Sen. 6, 18:

    male loqui,

    id. Rosc. Am. 48:

    male loqui alicui, for maledicere,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 25:

    male accipere verbis aliquem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 140:

    equitatu agmen adversariorum, male habere,

    to harass, annoy, Caes. B. C. 1, 63:

    hoc male habet virum,

    annoys, vexes him, Ter. And. 2, 6, 5:

    male se habere,

    to feel ill, dejected, low-spirited, id. Eun. 4, 2, 6:

    male est animo,

    it vexes me, id. Ad. 4, 5, 21:

    male est animo,

    I feel unwell, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 33:

    male fit animo,

    I am beginning to feel bad, am getting unwell, id. Rud. 2, 6, 26: L. Antonio male sit, si quidem, etc., evil betide him! (a formula of imprecation), Cic. Att. 15, 15, 1:

    quae res tibi vertat male,

    much harm may it do you! Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 37:

    male tibi esse malo quam molliter,

    I would rather you should be unfortunate than effeminate, Sen. Ep. 82, 1:

    proelium male pugnatum,

    unsuccessfully, Sall. J. 54, 7:

    ea quae male empta sunt,

    at a bad bargain, Cic. Att. 2, 4, 1:

    male vendere,

    at a sacrifice, id. Verr. 2, 3, 98, § 227:

    male reprehendunt praemeditationem rerum futurarum,

    id. Tusc. 3, 16, 34:

    male tegere mutationem fortunae,

    Tac. H. 1, 66:

    male sustinere arma,

    unskilfully, Liv. 1, 25, 12: non dubito, quin me male oderit, i. e. very much, intensely, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2:

    male metuo, ne, etc.,

    exceedingly, much, Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 2:

    rauci,

    miserably, Hor. S. 1, 4, 66.—

    When attached to an adjective, it freq. gives it the opposite meaning: male sanus = insanus,

    insane, deranged, Cic. Att. 9, 15, 5:

    male sana,

    with mind disturbed, Verg. A. 4, 8:

    gratus,

    i. e. ungrateful, Ov. H. 7, 27:

    male fidas provincias,

    unfaithful, Tac. H. 1, 17:

    statio male fida carinis,

    unsafe, Verg. A. 2, 23.— Comp.:

    oderam multo pejus hunc quam illum ipsum Clodium,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 2, 3; cf.:

    pejusque leto flagitium timet,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 50; and:

    cane pejus vitabit chlamydem,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 30.
    2.
    mālus, i, f., Gr. mêlea, an appletree:

    malus bifera,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7:

    et steriles platani malos gessere valentes,

    Verg. G. 2, 70:

    malus granata,

    the pomegranate, Isid. 17, 7, 6:

    felices arbores putantur esse quercus...malus, etc.,

    Macr. S. 3, 20, 2.
    3.
    mālus, i, m. [by some referred to root mac-; Gr. makros; Lat. magnus; but perh. the same word with 2. malus], an upright mast, pole, or beam.
    I.
    In gen.:

    malos exaequantes altitudinem jugi surrexit,

    Front. Strat. 3, 8, 3.—
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    A mast of a ship:

    ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando agere nihil dicant, cum alii malos scandant, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 6, 17:

    malum erigi, vela fieri imperavit,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:

    attolli malos,

    Verg. A. 5, 829:

    malo suspendit ab alto,

    id. ib. 5, 489:

    saucius,

    injured, Hor. C. 1, 14, 5.—
    B.
    A standard or pole, to which the awnings spread over the theatre were attached, Lucr. 6, 110; Liv. 39, 7, 8.—
    C.
    The beam in the middle of a wine-press, Plin. 18, 31, 74, § 317.—
    D.
    The corner beams of a tower:

    turrium mali,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 22, 4.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > malus

  • 17 usus

    1.
    ūsus, a, um, Part. of utor.
    2.
    ūsus, ūs, m. [utor], the use or using of any thing, in the widest sense (cf.: consuetudo, mos).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    The use, employment, exercise of any thing; with gen. obj.:

    virtus in usu sui tota posita est: usus autem ejus est maximus civitatis gubernatio,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 2:

    cetera, ad virtutis usum idonea,

    id. Ac. 1, 6, 22.— Absol.:

    Quaeque ipsi doceant in usu habere,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 10:

    nec rhus Latinum nomen habet, cum in usum pluribus modis veniat,

    Plin. 24, 11, 54, § 91.—
    2.
    Wear, a wearing out or away ( poet.):

    ferreus adsiduo consumitur anulus usu,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 473:

    silices tenuantur ab usu,

    id. ib. 3, 91.—
    3.
    Use, enjoyment, [p. 1939] fruition:

    et usu rerum necessarium et dignitate spoliatum iri,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 66:

    tantumque nobis in nostrum privatum usum, quantum ipsi superesse posset, remitteret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 8, 13:

    cave sis ne tu te usu perduis (i. e. ex usu tui),

    lose control of yourself, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 225 Ussing ad loc.—
    4.
    Use, practice, exercise:

    tantum usu cottidiano et exercitatione efficiunt, uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 33:

    quod adsiduus usus uni rei deditus et ingenium et artem saepe vincit,

    Cic. Balb. 20, 45:

    cum rerum magnarum tractatio atque usus cum illarum artium studiis et cognitione conjungitur,

    id. Rep. 3, 3, 5:

    ad eam doctrinam, quam suo quisque studio adsecutus esset, adjungeretur usus frequens,

    id. de Or. 1, 4, 15:

    docuit nos longa vita ususque rerum maximarum,

    id. ib. 2, 50, 204:

    usu quidem in re publicā rerum maximarum facile omnis viceris,

    id. Rep. 1, 23, 37.—
    5.
    Use, experience, discipline, skill acquired by practice (cf. experientia): Da. O Geta, provinciam Cepisti duram. Ge. Mi usus venit, hoc scio, i. e. I have found it so by experience, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 23 (al. usu venit; v. infra, II. C. 2.):

    vir tali prudentiā, etiam usu atque exercitatione praeditus,

    Cic. Clu. 31, 84:

    res posita in usu militari,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28:

    usum in re publicā magnum habere,

    id. Phil. 10, 2, 6: magnum in re militari usum habere, Caes B G. 1, 39; id. B. C. 2, 34:

    non recusare se, quin nullius usus imperator existimaretur,

    id. ib. 3, 45:

    nullo usu rei militaris percepto,

    id. B. G. 6, 40; id. B. C. 3, 84:

    usu nauticarum rerum ceteros antecedunt,

    id. B. G. 3, 8:

    ne usu manuque reliquorum opinionem fallerent,

    id. B. C. 3, 86:

    et Marius aut belli usum aut studia volgi amissurus,

    Sall. J. 84, 3; cf. id. ib. 89, 6:

    dantur duo usu sapientiāque praestantes,

    Nep. Timoth. 3, 2:

    seris venit usus ab annis,

    Ov. M. 6, 29:

    tum foeda clades, Romanisque usu incognita,

    Flor. 2, 2, 23. —Personified:

    adiciam quod me docuit usus, magister egregius,

    experience, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 12:

    usum et esse et haberi optimum dicendi magistrum,

    id. ib. 6, 29, 4.—
    6.
    Use, habit, usage, custom, practice:

    usum loquendi populo concessi: scientiam mihi reservavi,

    Cic. Or. 48, 160:

    dicendi omnis ratio in medio posita communi quodam in usu,

    id. de Or. 1, 3, 12:

    neque quem usum belli haberent, aut quibus institutis uterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 20:

    (vitulos) ad studium atque usum formabis agrestem,

    Verg. G. 3, 163:

    est omnino Capitoni in usu claros viros colere,

    it is his custom, Plin. Ep. 1, 17, 3:

    populum auctoritate suā ad usum frugalitatis revocavit,

    Just. 20, 4, 5:

    ab his Galli usum vitae cultioris didicerunt,

    id. 43, 4, 1:

    at horum recitatio usu jam recepta est,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 17, 3:

    cadent vocabula, si volet usus,

    Hor. A. P. 71.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    In jurid. lang.
    a.
    Usus et fructus, usus fructusque, and more frequently in one word, ūsusfructus, the use and enjoyment of property belonging to another, usufruct:

    usus enim ejus fundi et fructus testamento viri fuerat Caesenniae,

    Cic. Caecin. 7, 19:

    sibi horum usus fructusque contingat,

    Sen. Ep. 73, 9:

    rem nobis eripit casus, usum fructumque apud nos relinquit,

    id. ib. 98, 11:

    usumfructum omnium bonorum suorum Caesenniae legat, ut frueretur una cum filio,

    Cic. Caecin. 4, 11; cf.:

    ususfructus est jus alienis rebus utendi fruendi, salvā rerum substantiā,

    Dig. 7, 1, 1; v. the entire title, usufructu: dominus proprietatis alii usumfructum in jure cedere potest, Gai inst. 2, 30 sqq.; 2, 86; Ulp. Fragm. 15, 3.—
    b. (α).
    In the connection usus et auctoritas, or without the copula, usus auctoritas; v. auctoritas; and cf. Rein, Röm. Privatr. p. 144 sq.—
    (β).
    In the phrase usu capere, to acquire by prescription (often as one word; v. 1. usucapio); hence, com.: Mer. Quojus nunc es? Sos. Tuos:

    nam pugnis usu fecisti tuom,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 218.—
    2.
    Intercourse, familiarity, association, intimacy, society (cf.:

    consuetudo, conversatio): domesticus usus et consuetudo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 15:

    quocum mihi est magnus usus,

    id. Fam. 7, 32, 1; 9, 25, 2:

    conjunctus magno usu familiaritatis,

    id. ib. 13, 52:

    in tanto usu nostro tantāque amicitiā,

    id. Planc. 2, 5:

    inter nosmet ipsos vetus usus intercedit,

    id. Fam. 13, 23, 1: ut insinuaret se in quam maxime familiarem usum, Liv. 40, 21, 11:

    recens praestat nec longo cognitus usu,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 5, 9:

    natio nullo commercio colens mutuos usus,

    Curt. 7, 3, 5:

    neminem in usu habes nisi tibi dilectum,

    Plin. Pan. 88.—Hence,
    b.
    In mal. part., Tib. 1, 9, 55; Ov. R. Am. 357.—
    3.
    Use, practice, reality (opp. species):

    ut (liberi) in usum boni sint et in speciem populo,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 42:

    illam alteram (partem Numidiae) specie quam usu potiorem Adherbal possedit,

    Sall. J. 16, 5:

    ut non in usum sic ad speciem imperii,

    Flor. 3, 13, 4.
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Use, usefulness, value, utility, benefit, profit, advantage:

    levis fructus, exiguus usus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:

    (arborum) consectio magnos usus affert ad navigia facienda,

    id. N. D. 2, 60, 152:

    propter lini inopiam atque ejus usus inscientiam,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13:

    naves factae subito ex umidā materiā non eundem usum celeritatis habebant,

    capacity, fitness, id. B. C. 1, 58:

    natis in usum laetitiae scyphis Pugnare,

    service, Hor. C. 1, 27, 1:

    aurum cogere humanos in usus,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 51:

    pater, si das hujus mihi nominis usum,

    Ov. M. 2, 36:

    nescis, quo valeat numus? quem praebeat usum?

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 73:

    quidve ad amicitias, usus rectumne trahat nos,

    id. ib. 2, 6, 75:

    neque quisquam omnium libidini simul et usui paruit,

    Sall. C. 51, 2:

    plures quam quot satis in usum erant ignes,

    Liv. 36, 10, 12:

    servos quos domum quis ducet suo usu,

    Dig. 50, 16, 203:

    cicuta quoque venenum est... ad multa tamen usus non omittendi,

    Plin. 25, 13, 95, § 151.—In partic., usui or ex usu esse, to be of use, service, or benefit, to be useful, serviceable, advantageous, or profitable:

    esse usui civitati, ea, quae sunt usui ad armandas naves,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 1; id. B. C. 1, 19; Liv. 3, 33, 5; cf.:

    (Satrius) fuit et mihi et Quinto fratri magno usui in nostris petitionibus,

    Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3:

    magno usui rei publicae esse,

    id. Phil. 10, 11, 26; Caes. B. G. 3, 14:

    bono usui esse,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 15:

    peritos legum ad condenda nova jura usui fore credebant,

    Liv. 3, 33, 5:

    declararent, utrum proelium ex usu esset necne,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 50; so,

    ex usu esse,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 7, 14; Plin. 25, 13, 110, § 175:

    ad omnia haec magis opportunus nec magis ex usu tuo Nemo'st,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9 (8), 47. —
    B.
    Use, occasion, need, want, necessity:

    non te instruere domum tuam voluerunt in provinciā, sed illum usum provinciae supplere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 5, § 9:

    quae belli usus poscunt, suppeditare,

    Liv. 26, 43, 7:

    illuc euntium, quā quemque suorum usuum causae ferrent,

    id. 6, 25, 9.—
    2.
    Usus est, or usus venit, there is need, it is necessary, becomes requisite.
    a.
    Usus est (most freq. ante-class., esp. after the analogy of opus est with the abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    egomet mihi fero, quod usu'st,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 13:

    ubicumque usus siet,

    id. Bacch. 4, 4, 9; and, with ellipsis of subst. verb:

    dico ut usus fieri,

    id. As. 2, 2, 109:

    si quando usus esset,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92: Me. Mihi sic est usus: tibi ut opus facto'st, face. Ch. An cuiquam est usus homini, se ut cruciet? Me. Mihi, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 28 sq.; cf.:

    ut equites Pompeianorum impetum, cum adesset usus, sustinere non possent,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84, 4.—
    (β).
    With abl.:

    viginti jam usu'st filio argenti minis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 76; cf. id. Bacch. 4, 4, 55; 4, 9, 47:

    mulier quae se suamque aetatem spernit, speculo ei usus est,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 93:

    curatore usus est,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 10:

    ad eam rem usus est tuā mihi operā,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 27:

    tacere nequeo misera, quod tacito usus est,

    id. Cist. 1, 2, 10:

    argento invento,

    id. Ps. 1, 1, 48:

    facto,

    id. Am. 1, 3, 7; id. Rud. 2, 3, 67; id. Stich. 1, 1, 56 al.:

    dicto,

    id. Trin. 2, 4, 102:

    navis, quibus usus non est, omnis praecidisse,

    Cic. Att. 9, 6, 3:

    quibus (navibus) consuli usus non esset,

    Liv. 30, 41, 8:

    nunc viribus usus, Nunc manibus rapidis, omni nunc arte magistrā,

    Verg. A. 8, 441:

    ad eam rem usu'st homine astuto, docto, scito et callido,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 151.—Pleonast.:

    non usus facto'st mihi nunc hunc intro sequi,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 47.—
    (γ).
    With ut:

    nunc ad me ut veniat usu'st Acroteleutium,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 39; cf. Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 28 supra.—
    (δ).
    With gen.:

    alii offerunt se, si quo usus operae sit,

    Liv. 26, 9, 9.—
    b.
    Usus venit (not in Cic.):

    si quis usus venerit, Meminisse ego hanc rem vos volo,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 2, 28: quom ad praetorem usus veniet, id. Poen. 3, 4, 17; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 129:

    si usus vene rit,

    id. Merc. 3, 1, 20:

    non usus veniet, spero,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 42:

    ut, si usus veniat, suum quisque locum teneat,

    if occasion should arise, Caes. B. G. 7, 80.—
    (β).
    With abl.:

    ubi usus veniat contra consertā manu,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 3.—
    C.
    A fit occasion or opportunity to be used.
    1.
    Usus est or adest, an occasion or opportunity offers:

    de ceteris studiis alio loco dicemus, si usus fuerit,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 3, 5.—
    2.
    Esp.: usu venit, it happens, occurs, befalls, chances:

    nam quid homini potest turpius, quid viro miserius aut acerbius usu venire?

    Cic. Quint. 15, 49; id. Verr. 2, 5, 39, § 101:

    si id culpa senectutis accideret, eadem mihi usu venirent,

    id. Sen. 3, 7:

    idem solet in demonstratione usu venire,

    id. Inv. 1, 10, 14; 1, 54, 104:

    quod item in poëmatis, in picturis usu venit,

    id. Off. 3, 3, 15:

    hoc illud eis usu venire solet, ut, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 11, 35:

    cum praesertim mihi usu venturum non arbitrarer, ut, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 6: et, id quod usu venerat, Eumolpidas demigravit, actually occurred (however strange), Nep. Alcib. 4, 5:

    id quod numquam antea usu venerat,

    id. ib. 6, 3:

    praemeditatus, quid sibi esset usu venturum,

    Auct. Her. 2, 5, 8:

    Caesar biduum in iis locis moratus, quod haec de Vercingetorige usu ventura opinione perceperat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 9:

    usu venire ut abhorreant, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 8.—Separated or in a reversed order:

    non venit idem usu mihi quod tu tibi scribis,

    Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1:

    quod cuipiam Thraco venisse usu fabula est,

    Gell. 19, 12, 6:

    quid, quod usu memoria patrum venit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 40, 183.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > usus

  • 18 animo

    ănĭmo, āvi, ātum, 1, v. a. and n. [anima and animus].
    I.
    Act.
    A.
    To fill with breath or air (cf. anima, I. and II.):

    duas tibias uno spiritu,

    to blow upon, App. Flor. 3, p. 341, 25:

    bucinas,

    Arn. 6, p. 196.—More freq.,
    B.
    To quicken, animate (cf. anima, II. C.): quicquid est hoc, omnia animat, format, alit, auget, creat, Pac. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 57; Lucr. 2, 717:

    vitaliter esse animata,

    id. 5, 145:

    formare, figurare, colorare, animare,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 39, 110. stellae divinis animatae mentibus, id. Rep. 6, 15; Plin. 7, 15, 13, § 66. —
    C.
    To endow with, to give, a particular temperament or disposition of mind (cf. animus, II. B. 1. b.):

    utcumque temperatus sit aër, ita pueros orientes animari atque formari, ex eoque ingenia, mores, animum fingi,

    Cic. Div. 2, 42, 89: Mattiaci ipso terrae suae solo ac caelo acrius animantur, i. e. ferociores redduntur, are rendered more spirited, * Tac. G. 29.—
    D.
    In Ovid in a pregnant signif.: aliquid in aliquid animare, to transform a lifeless object to a living being, to change into by giving life (cf. anima, II. C. 3.):

    guttas animavit in angues,

    Ov. M. 4, 619:

    in Nymphas animatā classe marinas,

    id. ib. 14, 566.—
    E.
    Trop., of colors, to enliven:

    si quid Apellei gaudent animāsse colores,

    Stat. S. 2, 2, 64.—Of torches, to light or kindle:

    animare ad crimina taxos,

    Claud. Rapt. 3, 386.—Sometimes = recreare, to refresh, revive:

    cibo potuque animavit,

    Hyg. Fab. 126:

    florem,

    Plin. 11, 23, 27, § 77; so Pall. 4, 10; or in gen., to encourage, help:

    ope animari, Cod. Th. 6, 4, 21, § 3: copiis,

    ib. 14, 4, 10, § 5.—And with inf. = incitare, to move, incite to:

    Ut hortatu vestro Eustathius, quae de scommate paulo ante dixerit, animetur aperire,

    Macr. S. 7, 3.—Hence, ănĭmātus, a, um, P. a.
    a.
    Animated (cf. anima, II. C.): virum virtute verā vivere animatum addecet, Enn. ap. Gell. 7, 17.—
    b.
    (Acc. to C.) Brought or put into a particular frame of mind, disposed, inclined, minded, in some way (freq. and class.):

    hoc animo decet animatos esse amatores probos,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 20: avi et atavi nostri, quom allium ac caepe eorum verba olerent, tamen optime animati erant, Varr. ap. Non. p. 201, 7 (where the play upon olere and animati is to be noticed):

    animatus melius quam paratus,

    better disposed than prepared, Cic. Fam. 6, 6:

    socii infirme animati,

    id. ib. 15, 1:

    sic animati esse debetis, ut si ille adesset,

    id. Phil. 9, 5:

    ut quem ad modum in se quisque, sic in amicum sit animatus,

    id. Am. 16, 57:

    insulas non nullas bene animatas confirmavit,

    well affected, Nep. Cim. 2, 4; Liv. 29, 17:

    male animatus erga principem exercitus,

    Suet. Vit. 7:

    circa aliquem,

    Just. 14, 1:

    hostili animo adversus rem publicam animatus,

    Dig. 48, 4, 1: animatus in necem alicujus, Macr S. 1, 11.—In Plaut. with inf.: si quid animatus es facere, Truc. 5, 74.—
    c.
    Endowed with courage, courageous, stouthearted (cf. animus, II. 2. a. and animosus;

    only in ante-class. poetry): milites armati atque animati probe,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 18: cum animatus iero, satis armatus sum, Att. ap. Non. p. 233, 18:

    hostis animatus,

    id. ib. p. 233, 18.—
    * Sup. Auct. Itin. Alex. 13.— Adv. not used.—
    II.
    Neutr., to be animate, living (cf. anima, II. C.); so only ănĭ-mans, antis (abl. com. animante, but animanti in Cic. Tim. 6; gen. plur. animantium in Cic., animantum in Lucr., Manil. 4, 374, and App. Mag. 64, p. 536),
    a.
    P. a., animate, living:

    quos (deos) Vitellius ne animantes quidem esse concedat,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 4, 11:

    mundum ipsum animantem sapientemque esse,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 23:

    animans composque rationis mundus est,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 22. —Hence,
    b.
    Subst., any living, animate being; an animal (orig. in a wider sense than animal, since it included men, animals, and plants; but usu., like that word, for animals in opp. to men. The gender varies in the best class. writers between masc., fem., and neutr. When it designates man, it is masc.; brutes, com. fem.; in its widest sense, it is neutr.):

    sunt quaedam, quae animam habent, nec sunt animalia, etc.,

    Sen. Ep. 58, 10 sq.; Lucr. 2, 669; 2, 943:

    genus omne animantum,

    id. 1, 4; so id. 1, 194; 1, 350; 1, 1033; 1, 1038; 2, 78; 2, 880; 2, 921; 2, 943; 2, 1063; 2, 1071; 3, 266; 3, 417; 3, 720; 5, 431; 5, 855;

    5, 917: animantium genera quattuor,

    Cic. Tim. 10; 11 fin.:

    animantium aliae coriis tectae sunt, aliae villis vestitae, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 47, 121:

    cum ceteras animantes abjecisset ad pastum, solum hominem erexit,

    id. Leg. 1, 9, 26:

    animantia, quae sunt nobis nota,

    id. Tim. 4.—Of animals, living beings, as opp. to plants:

    Jam vero vites sic claviculis adminicula tamquam manibus adprehendunt atque ita se erigunt, ut animantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 47, 120.— Of man: hic stilus haud petet ultro Quemquam animantem, * Hor. S. 2, 1, 40.— Comp., sup., and adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > animo

  • 19 estensione sf

    [esten'sjone]
    1) (ampliamento: di diritto, significato, contratto) extension, (di commercio, dominio) expansion

    per estensione — by extension, in a wider sense

    2) (ampiezza: di fenomeno, territorio) extent, (superficie) expanse
    3) Mus range, compass
    4) Inform extension

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > estensione sf

  • 20 estensione

    sf [esten'sjone]
    1) (ampliamento: di diritto, significato, contratto) extension, (di commercio, dominio) expansion

    per estensione — by extension, in a wider sense

    2) (ampiezza: di fenomeno, territorio) extent, (superficie) expanse
    3) Mus range, compass
    4) Inform extension

    Nuovo dizionario Italiano-Inglese > estensione

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Seal of Confession —     The Law of the Seal of Confession     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession     In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Brehon Laws —     The Brehon Laws     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Brehon Laws     Brehon law is the usual term for Irish native law, as administered in Ireland down to almost the middle of the seventeenth century, and in fact amongst the native Irish until… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Law of Conservation of Energy —     The Law of Conservation of Energy     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of Conservation of Energy     Amongst the gravest objections raised by the progress of modern science against Theism, the possibility of Miracles, free will, the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Second Coming (poem) — The Second Coming is a poem by William Butler Yeats first printed in The Dial (November 1920) and afterwards included in his 1921 verse collection Michael Robartes and the Dancer . The poem uses religious symbolism to illustrate Yeats anguish… …   Wikipedia

  • sense — {{Roman}}I.{{/Roman}} noun 1 sight, hearing, etc. ADJECTIVE ▪ acute, developed, good, keen ▪ Raccoons have a highly developed sense of touch. ▪ poor ▪ …   Collocations dictionary

  • The Devil Wears Prada (film) — Infobox Film name = The Devil Wears Prada caption = Promotional poster for The Devil Wears Prada director = David Frankel producer = Wendy Finerman writer = Lauren Weisberger (novel) Aline Brosh McKenna (screenplay) starring = Meryl Streep Anne… …   Wikipedia

  • The Missouri Folklore Society — MFS logo, drawn by Cathy Barton Para The Missouri Folklore Society was organized December 15, 1906, to encourage the collection, preservation and study of folklore in the widest sense, including customs, institutions, beliefs, signs, legends,… …   Wikipedia

  • The Imaginarium of Doctor Parnassus — Theatrical release poster Directed by Terry Gilliam …   Wikipedia

  • Society of St. John the Evangelist — Anglicanism portal The Society of St John the Evangelist (SSJE) is an Anglican religious order for men. The members live under a rule of life and, at profession, make monastic vows of poverty, celibacy and obedience. The SSJE was founded in 1866… …   Wikipedia

  • Polis and its culture (The) — The polis and its culture Robin Osborne INTRODUCTION ‘We love wisdom without becoming soft’, Thucydides has the Athenian politician Pericles claim, using the verb philosophein.1 Claims to, and respect for, wisdom in archaic Greece were by no… …   History of philosophy

  • Priest-penitent privilege in England from the Reformation to the nineteenth century — The doctrine of priest penitent privilege does not apply in the UK. Before the Reformation, England was a Roman Catholic country and the Seal of the Confessional had great authority in the English courts. However, the Reformation was followed by… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»